1 //===--- Sema.h - Semantic Analysis & AST Building --------------*- C++ -*-===//
3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
10 // This file defines the Sema class, which performs semantic analysis and
13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
15 #ifndef LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
16 #define LLVM_CLANG_SEMA_SEMA_H
18 #include "clang/AST/Attr.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/DeclarationName.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/ExternalASTSource.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/MangleNumberingContext.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/NSAPI.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/PrettyPrinter.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h"
27 #include "clang/Basic/ExpressionTraits.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/LangOptions.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/Module.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/OpenMPKinds.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/Specifiers.h"
32 #include "clang/Basic/TemplateKinds.h"
33 #include "clang/Basic/TypeTraits.h"
34 #include "clang/Sema/AnalysisBasedWarnings.h"
35 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
36 #include "clang/Sema/ExternalSemaSource.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/IdentifierResolver.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/LocInfoType.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/ObjCMethodList.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Ownership.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/TypoCorrection.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/Weak.h"
45 #include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/Optional.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/SetVector.h"
48 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallPtrSet.h"
49 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
50 #include "llvm/ADT/TinyPtrVector.h"
58 template <typename ValueT> struct DenseMapInfo;
59 template <typename ValueT, typename ValueInfoT> class DenseSet;
61 class InlineAsmIdentifierInfo;
68 class ASTMutationListener;
77 class CXXBindTemporaryExpr;
78 typedef SmallVector<CXXBaseSpecifier*, 4> CXXCastPath;
79 class CXXConstructorDecl;
80 class CXXConversionDecl;
82 class CXXDestructorDecl;
83 class CXXFieldCollector;
84 class CXXMemberCallExpr;
90 class ClassTemplateDecl;
91 class ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
92 class ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl;
93 class VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl;
94 class CodeCompleteConsumer;
95 class CodeCompletionAllocator;
96 class CodeCompletionTUInfo;
97 class CodeCompletionResult;
102 class DeclaratorDecl;
103 class DeducedTemplateArgument;
104 class DependentDiagnostic;
105 class DesignatedInitExpr;
108 class EnumConstantDecl;
111 class ExternalSemaSource;
115 class FunctionProtoType;
116 class FunctionTemplateDecl;
117 class ImplicitConversionSequence;
119 class InitializationKind;
120 class InitializationSequence;
121 class InitializedEntity;
122 class IntegerLiteral;
126 class LocalInstantiationScope;
129 typedef ArrayRef<std::pair<IdentifierInfo *, SourceLocation>> ModuleIdPath;
131 class MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList;
133 class ObjCCategoryDecl;
134 class ObjCCategoryImplDecl;
135 class ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl;
136 class ObjCContainerDecl;
138 class ObjCImplementationDecl;
139 class ObjCInterfaceDecl;
141 template <class T> class ObjCList;
142 class ObjCMessageExpr;
143 class ObjCMethodDecl;
144 class ObjCPropertyDecl;
145 class ObjCProtocolDecl;
146 class OMPThreadPrivateDecl;
148 struct OverloadCandidate;
149 class OverloadCandidateSet;
154 class PseudoDestructorTypeStorage;
155 class PseudoObjectExpr;
157 class StandardConversionSequence;
161 class TemplateArgument;
162 class TemplateArgumentList;
163 class TemplateArgumentLoc;
165 class TemplateParameterList;
166 class TemplatePartialOrderingContext;
167 class TemplateTemplateParmDecl;
171 class TypedefNameDecl;
173 class TypoCorrectionConsumer;
175 class UnresolvedLookupExpr;
176 class UnresolvedMemberExpr;
177 class UnresolvedSetImpl;
178 class UnresolvedSetIterator;
180 class UsingShadowDecl;
183 class VarTemplateSpecializationDecl;
184 class VisibilityAttr;
185 class VisibleDeclConsumer;
186 class IndirectFieldDecl;
187 struct DeductionFailureInfo;
188 class TemplateSpecCandidateSet;
191 class AccessedEntity;
192 class BlockScopeInfo;
193 class CapturedRegionScopeInfo;
194 class CapturingScopeInfo;
195 class CompoundScopeInfo;
196 class DelayedDiagnostic;
197 class DelayedDiagnosticPool;
198 class FunctionScopeInfo;
199 class LambdaScopeInfo;
200 class PossiblyUnreachableDiag;
201 class TemplateDeductionInfo;
204 namespace threadSafety {
206 void threadSafetyCleanup(BeforeSet* Cache);
209 // FIXME: No way to easily map from TemplateTypeParmTypes to
210 // TemplateTypeParmDecls, so we have this horrible PointerUnion.
211 typedef std::pair<llvm::PointerUnion<const TemplateTypeParmType*, NamedDecl*>,
212 SourceLocation> UnexpandedParameterPack;
214 /// Describes whether we've seen any nullability information for the given
216 struct FileNullability {
217 /// The first pointer declarator (of any pointer kind) in the file that does
218 /// not have a corresponding nullability annotation.
219 SourceLocation PointerLoc;
221 /// Which kind of pointer declarator we saw.
224 /// Whether we saw any type nullability annotations in the given file.
225 bool SawTypeNullability = false;
228 /// A mapping from file IDs to a record of whether we've seen nullability
229 /// information in that file.
230 class FileNullabilityMap {
231 /// A mapping from file IDs to the nullability information for each file ID.
232 llvm::DenseMap<FileID, FileNullability> Map;
234 /// A single-element cache based on the file ID.
237 FileNullability Nullability;
241 FileNullability &operator[](FileID file) {
242 // Check the single-element cache.
243 if (file == Cache.File)
244 return Cache.Nullability;
246 // It's not in the single-element cache; flush the cache if we have one.
247 if (!Cache.File.isInvalid()) {
248 Map[Cache.File] = Cache.Nullability;
251 // Pull this entry into the cache.
253 Cache.Nullability = Map[file];
254 return Cache.Nullability;
258 /// Sema - This implements semantic analysis and AST building for C.
260 Sema(const Sema &) = delete;
261 void operator=(const Sema &) = delete;
263 ///\brief Source of additional semantic information.
264 ExternalSemaSource *ExternalSource;
266 ///\brief Whether Sema has generated a multiplexer and has to delete it.
267 bool isMultiplexExternalSource;
269 static bool mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *FD);
271 bool isVisibleSlow(const NamedDecl *D);
273 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(const NamedDecl *Old,
274 const NamedDecl *New) {
275 // We are about to link these. It is now safe to compute the linkage of
276 // the new decl. If the new decl has external linkage, we will
277 // link it with the hidden decl (which also has external linkage) and
278 // it will keep having external linkage. If it has internal linkage, we
279 // will not link it. Since it has no previous decls, it will remain
280 // with internal linkage.
281 return isVisible(Old) || New->isExternallyVisible();
283 bool shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(LookupResult &Old, const NamedDecl *New);
286 typedef OpaquePtr<DeclGroupRef> DeclGroupPtrTy;
287 typedef OpaquePtr<TemplateName> TemplateTy;
288 typedef OpaquePtr<QualType> TypeTy;
290 OpenCLOptions OpenCLFeatures;
291 FPOptions FPFeatures;
293 const LangOptions &LangOpts;
296 ASTConsumer &Consumer;
297 DiagnosticsEngine &Diags;
298 SourceManager &SourceMgr;
300 /// \brief Flag indicating whether or not to collect detailed statistics.
303 /// \brief Code-completion consumer.
304 CodeCompleteConsumer *CodeCompleter;
306 /// CurContext - This is the current declaration context of parsing.
307 DeclContext *CurContext;
309 /// \brief Generally null except when we temporarily switch decl contexts,
310 /// like in \see ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext.
311 DeclContext *OriginalLexicalContext;
313 /// VAListTagName - The declaration name corresponding to __va_list_tag.
314 /// This is used as part of a hack to omit that class from ADL results.
315 DeclarationName VAListTagName;
317 /// PackContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma pack. An alignment
318 /// of 0 indicates default alignment.
319 void *PackContext; // Really a "PragmaPackStack*"
321 bool MSStructPragmaOn; // True when \#pragma ms_struct on
323 /// \brief Controls member pointer representation format under the MS ABI.
324 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind
325 MSPointerToMemberRepresentationMethod;
327 enum PragmaVtorDispKind {
328 PVDK_Push, ///< #pragma vtordisp(push, mode)
329 PVDK_Set, ///< #pragma vtordisp(mode)
330 PVDK_Pop, ///< #pragma vtordisp(pop)
331 PVDK_Reset ///< #pragma vtordisp()
334 enum PragmaMsStackAction {
335 PSK_Reset, // #pragma ()
336 PSK_Set, // #pragma ("name")
337 PSK_Push, // #pragma (push[, id])
338 PSK_Push_Set, // #pragma (push[, id], "name")
339 PSK_Pop, // #pragma (pop[, id])
340 PSK_Pop_Set, // #pragma (pop[, id], "name")
343 /// \brief Whether to insert vtordisps prior to virtual bases in the Microsoft
344 /// C++ ABI. Possible values are 0, 1, and 2, which mean:
346 /// 0: Suppress all vtordisps
347 /// 1: Insert vtordisps in the presence of vbase overrides and non-trivial
349 /// 2: Always insert vtordisps to support RTTI on partially constructed
352 /// The stack always has at least one element in it.
353 SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> VtorDispModeStack;
355 /// Stack of active SEH __finally scopes. Can be empty.
356 SmallVector<Scope*, 2> CurrentSEHFinally;
358 /// \brief Source location for newly created implicit MSInheritanceAttrs
359 SourceLocation ImplicitMSInheritanceAttrLoc;
361 template<typename ValueType>
364 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel;
366 SourceLocation PragmaLocation;
367 Slot(llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
369 SourceLocation PragmaLocation)
370 : StackSlotLabel(StackSlotLabel), Value(Value),
371 PragmaLocation(PragmaLocation) {}
373 void Act(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
374 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
375 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
377 explicit PragmaStack(const ValueType &Value)
378 : CurrentValue(Value) {}
379 SmallVector<Slot, 2> Stack;
380 ValueType CurrentValue;
381 SourceLocation CurrentPragmaLocation;
383 // FIXME: We should serialize / deserialize these if they occur in a PCH (but
384 // we shouldn't do so if they're in a module).
385 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> DataSegStack;
386 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> BSSSegStack;
387 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> ConstSegStack;
388 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> CodeSegStack;
390 /// A mapping that describes the nullability we've seen in each header file.
391 FileNullabilityMap NullabilityMap;
393 /// Last section used with #pragma init_seg.
394 StringLiteral *CurInitSeg;
395 SourceLocation CurInitSegLoc;
397 /// VisContext - Manages the stack for \#pragma GCC visibility.
398 void *VisContext; // Really a "PragmaVisStack*"
400 /// \brief This represents the last location of a "#pragma clang optimize off"
401 /// directive if such a directive has not been closed by an "on" yet. If
402 /// optimizations are currently "on", this is set to an invalid location.
403 SourceLocation OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
405 /// \brief Flag indicating if Sema is building a recovery call expression.
407 /// This flag is used to avoid building recovery call expressions
408 /// if Sema is already doing so, which would cause infinite recursions.
409 bool IsBuildingRecoveryCallExpr;
411 /// ExprNeedsCleanups - True if the current evaluation context
412 /// requires cleanups to be run at its conclusion.
413 bool ExprNeedsCleanups;
415 /// ExprCleanupObjects - This is the stack of objects requiring
416 /// cleanup that are created by the current full expression. The
417 /// element type here is ExprWithCleanups::Object.
418 SmallVector<BlockDecl*, 8> ExprCleanupObjects;
420 /// \brief Store a list of either DeclRefExprs or MemberExprs
421 /// that contain a reference to a variable (constant) that may or may not
422 /// be odr-used in this Expr, and we won't know until all lvalue-to-rvalue
423 /// and discarded value conversions have been applied to all subexpressions
424 /// of the enclosing full expression. This is cleared at the end of each
426 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> MaybeODRUseExprs;
428 /// \brief Stack containing information about each of the nested
429 /// function, block, and method scopes that are currently active.
431 /// This array is never empty. Clients should ignore the first
432 /// element, which is used to cache a single FunctionScopeInfo
433 /// that's used to parse every top-level function.
434 SmallVector<sema::FunctionScopeInfo *, 4> FunctionScopes;
436 typedef LazyVector<TypedefNameDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
437 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadExtVectorDecls, 2, 2>
440 /// ExtVectorDecls - This is a list all the extended vector types. This allows
441 /// us to associate a raw vector type with one of the ext_vector type names.
442 /// This is only necessary for issuing pretty diagnostics.
443 ExtVectorDeclsType ExtVectorDecls;
445 /// FieldCollector - Collects CXXFieldDecls during parsing of C++ classes.
446 std::unique_ptr<CXXFieldCollector> FieldCollector;
448 typedef llvm::SmallSetVector<const NamedDecl*, 16> NamedDeclSetType;
450 /// \brief Set containing all declared private fields that are not used.
451 NamedDeclSetType UnusedPrivateFields;
453 /// \brief Set containing all typedefs that are likely unused.
454 llvm::SmallSetVector<const TypedefNameDecl *, 4>
455 UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates;
457 /// \brief Delete-expressions to be analyzed at the end of translation unit
459 /// This list contains class members, and locations of delete-expressions
460 /// that could not be proven as to whether they mismatch with new-expression
461 /// used in initializer of the field.
462 typedef std::pair<SourceLocation, bool> DeleteExprLoc;
463 typedef llvm::SmallVector<DeleteExprLoc, 4> DeleteLocs;
464 llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> DeleteExprs;
466 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXRecordDecl*, 8> RecordDeclSetTy;
468 /// PureVirtualClassDiagSet - a set of class declarations which we have
469 /// emitted a list of pure virtual functions. Used to prevent emitting the
470 /// same list more than once.
471 std::unique_ptr<RecordDeclSetTy> PureVirtualClassDiagSet;
473 /// ParsingInitForAutoVars - a set of declarations with auto types for which
474 /// we are currently parsing the initializer.
475 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Decl*, 4> ParsingInitForAutoVars;
477 /// \brief Look for a locally scoped extern "C" declaration by the given name.
478 NamedDecl *findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name);
480 typedef LazyVector<VarDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
481 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadTentativeDefinitions, 2, 2>
482 TentativeDefinitionsType;
484 /// \brief All the tentative definitions encountered in the TU.
485 TentativeDefinitionsType TentativeDefinitions;
487 typedef LazyVector<const DeclaratorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
488 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadUnusedFileScopedDecls, 2, 2>
489 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType;
491 /// \brief The set of file scoped decls seen so far that have not been used
492 /// and must warn if not used. Only contains the first declaration.
493 UnusedFileScopedDeclsType UnusedFileScopedDecls;
495 typedef LazyVector<CXXConstructorDecl *, ExternalSemaSource,
496 &ExternalSemaSource::ReadDelegatingConstructors, 2, 2>
497 DelegatingCtorDeclsType;
499 /// \brief All the delegating constructors seen so far in the file, used for
500 /// cycle detection at the end of the TU.
501 DelegatingCtorDeclsType DelegatingCtorDecls;
503 /// \brief All the overriding functions seen during a class definition
504 /// that had their exception spec checks delayed, plus the overridden
506 SmallVector<std::pair<const CXXMethodDecl*, const CXXMethodDecl*>, 2>
507 DelayedExceptionSpecChecks;
509 /// \brief All the members seen during a class definition which were both
510 /// explicitly defaulted and had explicitly-specified exception
511 /// specifications, along with the function type containing their
512 /// user-specified exception specification. Those exception specifications
513 /// were overridden with the default specifications, but we still need to
514 /// check whether they are compatible with the default specification, and
515 /// we can't do that until the nesting set of class definitions is complete.
516 SmallVector<std::pair<CXXMethodDecl*, const FunctionProtoType*>, 2>
517 DelayedDefaultedMemberExceptionSpecs;
519 typedef llvm::MapVector<const FunctionDecl *, LateParsedTemplate *>
520 LateParsedTemplateMapT;
521 LateParsedTemplateMapT LateParsedTemplateMap;
523 /// \brief Callback to the parser to parse templated functions when needed.
524 typedef void LateTemplateParserCB(void *P, LateParsedTemplate &LPT);
525 typedef void LateTemplateParserCleanupCB(void *P);
526 LateTemplateParserCB *LateTemplateParser;
527 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LateTemplateParserCleanup;
530 void SetLateTemplateParser(LateTemplateParserCB *LTP,
531 LateTemplateParserCleanupCB *LTPCleanup,
533 LateTemplateParser = LTP;
534 LateTemplateParserCleanup = LTPCleanup;
538 class DelayedDiagnostics;
540 class DelayedDiagnosticsState {
541 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *SavedPool;
542 friend class Sema::DelayedDiagnostics;
544 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ParsingDeclState;
545 typedef DelayedDiagnosticsState ProcessingContextState;
547 /// A class which encapsulates the logic for delaying diagnostics
548 /// during parsing and other processing.
549 class DelayedDiagnostics {
550 /// \brief The current pool of diagnostics into which delayed
551 /// diagnostics should go.
552 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *CurPool;
555 DelayedDiagnostics() : CurPool(nullptr) {}
557 /// Adds a delayed diagnostic.
558 void add(const sema::DelayedDiagnostic &diag); // in DelayedDiagnostic.h
560 /// Determines whether diagnostics should be delayed.
561 bool shouldDelayDiagnostics() { return CurPool != nullptr; }
563 /// Returns the current delayed-diagnostics pool.
564 sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool *getCurrentPool() const {
568 /// Enter a new scope. Access and deprecation diagnostics will be
569 /// collected in this pool.
570 DelayedDiagnosticsState push(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
571 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
572 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
577 /// Leave a delayed-diagnostic state that was previously pushed.
578 /// Do not emit any of the diagnostics. This is performed as part
579 /// of the bookkeeping of popping a pool "properly".
580 void popWithoutEmitting(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
581 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
584 /// Enter a new scope where access and deprecation diagnostics are
586 DelayedDiagnosticsState pushUndelayed() {
587 DelayedDiagnosticsState state;
588 state.SavedPool = CurPool;
593 /// Undo a previous pushUndelayed().
594 void popUndelayed(DelayedDiagnosticsState state) {
595 assert(CurPool == nullptr);
596 CurPool = state.SavedPool;
598 } DelayedDiagnostics;
600 /// A RAII object to temporarily push a declaration context.
604 DeclContext *SavedContext;
605 ProcessingContextState SavedContextState;
606 QualType SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
609 ContextRAII(Sema &S, DeclContext *ContextToPush, bool NewThisContext = true)
610 : S(S), SavedContext(S.CurContext),
611 SavedContextState(S.DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed()),
612 SavedCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride)
614 assert(ContextToPush && "pushing null context");
615 S.CurContext = ContextToPush;
617 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = QualType();
621 if (!SavedContext) return;
622 S.CurContext = SavedContext;
623 S.DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(SavedContextState);
624 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = SavedCXXThisTypeOverride;
625 SavedContext = nullptr;
633 /// \brief RAII object to handle the state changes required to synthesize
635 class SynthesizedFunctionScope {
637 Sema::ContextRAII SavedContext;
640 SynthesizedFunctionScope(Sema &S, DeclContext *DC)
641 : S(S), SavedContext(S, DC)
643 S.PushFunctionScope();
644 S.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema::PotentiallyEvaluated);
647 ~SynthesizedFunctionScope() {
648 S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
649 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
653 /// WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
654 /// \#pragma weak before declared. rare. may alias another
655 /// identifier, declared or undeclared
656 llvm::MapVector<IdentifierInfo *, WeakInfo> WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers;
658 /// ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers - Identifiers contained in
659 /// \#pragma redefine_extname before declared. Used in Solaris system headers
660 /// to define functions that occur in multiple standards to call the version
661 /// in the currently selected standard.
662 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*> ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers;
665 /// \brief Load weak undeclared identifiers from the external source.
666 void LoadExternalWeakUndeclaredIdentifiers();
668 /// WeakTopLevelDecl - Translation-unit scoped declarations generated by
669 /// \#pragma weak during processing of other Decls.
670 /// I couldn't figure out a clean way to generate these in-line, so
671 /// we store them here and handle separately -- which is a hack.
672 /// It would be best to refactor this.
673 SmallVector<Decl*,2> WeakTopLevelDecl;
675 IdentifierResolver IdResolver;
677 /// Translation Unit Scope - useful to Objective-C actions that need
678 /// to lookup file scope declarations in the "ordinary" C decl namespace.
679 /// For example, user-defined classes, built-in "id" type, etc.
682 /// \brief The C++ "std" namespace, where the standard library resides.
683 LazyDeclPtr StdNamespace;
685 /// \brief The C++ "std::bad_alloc" class, which is defined by the C++
686 /// standard library.
687 LazyDeclPtr StdBadAlloc;
689 /// \brief The C++ "std::initializer_list" template, which is defined in
690 /// \<initializer_list>.
691 ClassTemplateDecl *StdInitializerList;
693 /// \brief The C++ "type_info" declaration, which is defined in \<typeinfo>.
694 RecordDecl *CXXTypeInfoDecl;
696 /// \brief The MSVC "_GUID" struct, which is defined in MSVC header files.
697 RecordDecl *MSVCGuidDecl;
699 /// \brief Caches identifiers/selectors for NSFoundation APIs.
700 std::unique_ptr<NSAPI> NSAPIObj;
702 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSNumber class.
703 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSNumberDecl;
705 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSValue class.
706 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSValueDecl;
708 /// \brief Pointer to NSNumber type (NSNumber *).
709 QualType NSNumberPointer;
711 /// \brief Pointer to NSValue type (NSValue *).
712 QualType NSValuePointer;
714 /// \brief The Objective-C NSNumber methods used to create NSNumber literals.
715 ObjCMethodDecl *NSNumberLiteralMethods[NSAPI::NumNSNumberLiteralMethods];
717 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSString class.
718 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSStringDecl;
720 /// \brief Pointer to NSString type (NSString *).
721 QualType NSStringPointer;
723 /// \brief The declaration of the stringWithUTF8String: method.
724 ObjCMethodDecl *StringWithUTF8StringMethod;
726 /// \brief The declaration of the valueWithBytes:objCType: method.
727 ObjCMethodDecl *ValueWithBytesObjCTypeMethod;
729 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSArray class.
730 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSArrayDecl;
732 /// \brief The declaration of the arrayWithObjects:count: method.
733 ObjCMethodDecl *ArrayWithObjectsMethod;
735 /// \brief The declaration of the Objective-C NSDictionary class.
736 ObjCInterfaceDecl *NSDictionaryDecl;
738 /// \brief The declaration of the dictionaryWithObjects:forKeys:count: method.
739 ObjCMethodDecl *DictionaryWithObjectsMethod;
741 /// \brief id<NSCopying> type.
742 QualType QIDNSCopying;
744 /// \brief will hold 'respondsToSelector:'
745 Selector RespondsToSelectorSel;
747 /// \brief counter for internal MS Asm label names.
748 unsigned MSAsmLabelNameCounter;
750 /// A flag to remember whether the implicit forms of operator new and delete
751 /// have been declared.
752 bool GlobalNewDeleteDeclared;
754 /// A flag to indicate that we're in a context that permits abstract
755 /// references to fields. This is really a
756 bool AllowAbstractFieldReference;
758 /// \brief Describes how the expressions currently being parsed are
759 /// evaluated at run-time, if at all.
760 enum ExpressionEvaluationContext {
761 /// \brief The current expression and its subexpressions occur within an
762 /// unevaluated operand (C++11 [expr]p7), such as the subexpression of
763 /// \c sizeof, where the type of the expression may be significant but
764 /// no code will be generated to evaluate the value of the expression at
768 /// \brief The current expression occurs within an unevaluated
769 /// operand that unconditionally permits abstract references to
770 /// fields, such as a SIZE operator in MS-style inline assembly.
773 /// \brief The current context is "potentially evaluated" in C++11 terms,
774 /// but the expression is evaluated at compile-time (like the values of
775 /// cases in a switch statement).
778 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated at run time,
779 /// which means that code may be generated to evaluate the value of the
780 /// expression at run time.
781 PotentiallyEvaluated,
783 /// \brief The current expression is potentially evaluated, but any
784 /// declarations referenced inside that expression are only used if
785 /// in fact the current expression is used.
787 /// This value is used when parsing default function arguments, for which
788 /// we would like to provide diagnostics (e.g., passing non-POD arguments
789 /// through varargs) but do not want to mark declarations as "referenced"
790 /// until the default argument is used.
791 PotentiallyEvaluatedIfUsed
794 /// \brief Data structure used to record current or nested
795 /// expression evaluation contexts.
796 struct ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord {
797 /// \brief The expression evaluation context.
798 ExpressionEvaluationContext Context;
800 /// \brief Whether the enclosing context needed a cleanup.
801 bool ParentNeedsCleanups;
803 /// \brief Whether we are in a decltype expression.
806 /// \brief The number of active cleanup objects when we entered
807 /// this expression evaluation context.
808 unsigned NumCleanupObjects;
810 /// \brief The number of typos encountered during this expression evaluation
811 /// context (i.e. the number of TypoExprs created).
814 llvm::SmallPtrSet<Expr*, 2> SavedMaybeODRUseExprs;
816 /// \brief The lambdas that are present within this context, if it
817 /// is indeed an unevaluated context.
818 SmallVector<LambdaExpr *, 2> Lambdas;
820 /// \brief The declaration that provides context for lambda expressions
821 /// and block literals if the normal declaration context does not
822 /// suffice, e.g., in a default function argument.
823 Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
825 /// \brief The context information used to mangle lambda expressions
826 /// and block literals within this context.
828 /// This mangling information is allocated lazily, since most contexts
829 /// do not have lambda expressions or block literals.
830 IntrusiveRefCntPtr<MangleNumberingContext> MangleNumbering;
832 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of call expressions
833 /// for which we have deferred checking the completeness of the return type.
834 SmallVector<CallExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeCalls;
836 /// \brief If we are processing a decltype type, a set of temporary binding
837 /// expressions for which we have deferred checking the destructor.
838 SmallVector<CXXBindTemporaryExpr *, 8> DelayedDecltypeBinds;
840 ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord(ExpressionEvaluationContext Context,
841 unsigned NumCleanupObjects,
842 bool ParentNeedsCleanups,
843 Decl *ManglingContextDecl,
845 : Context(Context), ParentNeedsCleanups(ParentNeedsCleanups),
846 IsDecltype(IsDecltype), NumCleanupObjects(NumCleanupObjects),
848 ManglingContextDecl(ManglingContextDecl), MangleNumbering() { }
850 /// \brief Retrieve the mangling numbering context, used to consistently
851 /// number constructs like lambdas for mangling.
852 MangleNumberingContext &getMangleNumberingContext(ASTContext &Ctx);
854 bool isUnevaluated() const {
855 return Context == Unevaluated || Context == UnevaluatedAbstract;
859 /// A stack of expression evaluation contexts.
860 SmallVector<ExpressionEvaluationContextRecord, 8> ExprEvalContexts;
862 /// \brief Compute the mangling number context for a lambda expression or
865 /// \param DC - The DeclContext containing the lambda expression or
867 /// \param[out] ManglingContextDecl - Returns the ManglingContextDecl
868 /// associated with the context, if relevant.
869 MangleNumberingContext *getCurrentMangleNumberContext(
870 const DeclContext *DC,
871 Decl *&ManglingContextDecl);
874 /// SpecialMemberOverloadResult - The overloading result for a special member
877 /// This is basically a wrapper around PointerIntPair. The lowest bits of the
878 /// integer are used to determine whether overload resolution succeeded.
879 class SpecialMemberOverloadResult : public llvm::FastFoldingSetNode {
888 llvm::PointerIntPair<CXXMethodDecl*, 2> Pair;
891 SpecialMemberOverloadResult(const llvm::FoldingSetNodeID &ID)
892 : FastFoldingSetNode(ID)
895 CXXMethodDecl *getMethod() const { return Pair.getPointer(); }
896 void setMethod(CXXMethodDecl *MD) { Pair.setPointer(MD); }
898 Kind getKind() const { return static_cast<Kind>(Pair.getInt()); }
899 void setKind(Kind K) { Pair.setInt(K); }
902 /// \brief A cache of special member function overload resolution results
904 llvm::FoldingSet<SpecialMemberOverloadResult> SpecialMemberCache;
906 /// \brief A cache of the flags available in enumerations with the flag_bits
908 mutable llvm::DenseMap<const EnumDecl*, llvm::APInt> FlagBitsCache;
910 /// \brief The kind of translation unit we are processing.
912 /// When we're processing a complete translation unit, Sema will perform
913 /// end-of-translation-unit semantic tasks (such as creating
914 /// initializers for tentative definitions in C) once parsing has
915 /// completed. Modules and precompiled headers perform different kinds of
917 TranslationUnitKind TUKind;
919 llvm::BumpPtrAllocator BumpAlloc;
921 /// \brief The number of SFINAE diagnostics that have been trapped.
922 unsigned NumSFINAEErrors;
924 typedef llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, llvm::TinyPtrVector<ParmVarDecl *>>
925 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap;
927 /// \brief A mapping from parameters with unparsed default arguments to the
928 /// set of instantiations of each parameter.
930 /// This mapping is a temporary data structure used when parsing
931 /// nested class templates or nested classes of class templates,
932 /// where we might end up instantiating an inner class before the
933 /// default arguments of its methods have been parsed.
934 UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiationsMap UnparsedDefaultArgInstantiations;
936 // Contains the locations of the beginning of unparsed default
937 // argument locations.
938 llvm::DenseMap<ParmVarDecl *, SourceLocation> UnparsedDefaultArgLocs;
940 /// UndefinedInternals - all the used, undefined objects which require a
941 /// definition in this translation unit.
942 llvm::DenseMap<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> UndefinedButUsed;
944 /// Obtain a sorted list of functions that are undefined but ODR-used.
945 void getUndefinedButUsed(
946 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<NamedDecl *, SourceLocation> > &Undefined);
948 /// Retrieves list of suspicious delete-expressions that will be checked at
949 /// the end of translation unit.
950 const llvm::MapVector<FieldDecl *, DeleteLocs> &
951 getMismatchingDeleteExpressions() const;
953 typedef std::pair<ObjCMethodList, ObjCMethodList> GlobalMethods;
954 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, GlobalMethods> GlobalMethodPool;
956 /// Method Pool - allows efficient lookup when typechecking messages to "id".
957 /// We need to maintain a list, since selectors can have differing signatures
958 /// across classes. In Cocoa, this happens to be extremely uncommon (only 1%
959 /// of selectors are "overloaded").
960 /// At the head of the list it is recorded whether there were 0, 1, or >= 2
961 /// methods inside categories with a particular selector.
962 GlobalMethodPool MethodPool;
964 /// Method selectors used in a \@selector expression. Used for implementation
966 llvm::MapVector<Selector, SourceLocation> ReferencedSelectors;
968 /// Kinds of C++ special members.
969 enum CXXSpecialMember {
970 CXXDefaultConstructor,
979 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, CXXSpecialMember> SpecialMemberDecl;
981 /// The C++ special members which we are currently in the process of
982 /// declaring. If this process recursively triggers the declaration of the
983 /// same special member, we should act as if it is not yet declared.
984 llvm::SmallSet<SpecialMemberDecl, 4> SpecialMembersBeingDeclared;
986 void ReadMethodPool(Selector Sel);
988 /// Private Helper predicate to check for 'self'.
989 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr);
990 bool isSelfExpr(Expr *RExpr, const ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
992 /// \brief Cause the active diagnostic on the DiagosticsEngine to be
993 /// emitted. This is closely coupled to the SemaDiagnosticBuilder class and
994 /// should not be used elsewhere.
995 void EmitCurrentDiagnostic(unsigned DiagID);
997 /// Records and restores the FP_CONTRACT state on entry/exit of compound
999 class FPContractStateRAII {
1001 FPContractStateRAII(Sema& S)
1002 : S(S), OldFPContractState(S.FPFeatures.fp_contract) {}
1003 ~FPContractStateRAII() {
1004 S.FPFeatures.fp_contract = OldFPContractState;
1008 bool OldFPContractState : 1;
1011 /// Records and restores the vtordisp state on entry/exit of C++ method body.
1012 class VtorDispStackRAII {
1014 VtorDispStackRAII(Sema &S, bool ShouldSaveAndRestore)
1015 : S(S), ShouldSaveAndRestore(ShouldSaveAndRestore), OldVtorDispStack() {
1016 if (ShouldSaveAndRestore)
1017 OldVtorDispStack = S.VtorDispModeStack;
1019 ~VtorDispStackRAII() {
1020 if (ShouldSaveAndRestore)
1021 S.VtorDispModeStack = OldVtorDispStack;
1025 bool ShouldSaveAndRestore;
1026 SmallVector<MSVtorDispAttr::Mode, 2> OldVtorDispStack;
1029 void addImplicitTypedef(StringRef Name, QualType T);
1032 Sema(Preprocessor &pp, ASTContext &ctxt, ASTConsumer &consumer,
1033 TranslationUnitKind TUKind = TU_Complete,
1034 CodeCompleteConsumer *CompletionConsumer = nullptr);
1037 /// \brief Perform initialization that occurs after the parser has been
1038 /// initialized but before it parses anything.
1041 const LangOptions &getLangOpts() const { return LangOpts; }
1042 OpenCLOptions &getOpenCLOptions() { return OpenCLFeatures; }
1043 FPOptions &getFPOptions() { return FPFeatures; }
1045 DiagnosticsEngine &getDiagnostics() const { return Diags; }
1046 SourceManager &getSourceManager() const { return SourceMgr; }
1047 Preprocessor &getPreprocessor() const { return PP; }
1048 ASTContext &getASTContext() const { return Context; }
1049 ASTConsumer &getASTConsumer() const { return Consumer; }
1050 ASTMutationListener *getASTMutationListener() const;
1051 ExternalSemaSource* getExternalSource() const { return ExternalSource; }
1053 ///\brief Registers an external source. If an external source already exists,
1054 /// creates a multiplex external source and appends to it.
1056 ///\param[in] E - A non-null external sema source.
1058 void addExternalSource(ExternalSemaSource *E);
1060 void PrintStats() const;
1062 /// \brief Helper class that creates diagnostics with optional
1063 /// template instantiation stacks.
1065 /// This class provides a wrapper around the basic DiagnosticBuilder
1066 /// class that emits diagnostics. SemaDiagnosticBuilder is
1067 /// responsible for emitting the diagnostic (as DiagnosticBuilder
1068 /// does) and, if the diagnostic comes from inside a template
1069 /// instantiation, printing the template instantiation stack as
1071 class SemaDiagnosticBuilder : public DiagnosticBuilder {
1076 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DiagnosticBuilder &DB, Sema &SemaRef, unsigned DiagID)
1077 : DiagnosticBuilder(DB), SemaRef(SemaRef), DiagID(DiagID) { }
1079 // This is a cunning lie. DiagnosticBuilder actually performs move
1080 // construction in its copy constructor (but due to varied uses, it's not
1081 // possible to conveniently express this as actual move construction). So
1082 // the default copy ctor here is fine, because the base class disables the
1083 // source anyway, so the user-defined ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder is a safe no-op
1084 // in that case anwyay.
1085 SemaDiagnosticBuilder(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder&) = default;
1087 ~SemaDiagnosticBuilder() {
1088 // If we aren't active, there is nothing to do.
1089 if (!isActive()) return;
1091 // Otherwise, we need to emit the diagnostic. First flush the underlying
1092 // DiagnosticBuilder data, and clear the diagnostic builder itself so it
1093 // won't emit the diagnostic in its own destructor.
1095 // This seems wasteful, in that as written the DiagnosticBuilder dtor will
1096 // do its own needless checks to see if the diagnostic needs to be
1097 // emitted. However, because we take care to ensure that the builder
1098 // objects never escape, a sufficiently smart compiler will be able to
1099 // eliminate that code.
1103 // Dispatch to Sema to emit the diagnostic.
1104 SemaRef.EmitCurrentDiagnostic(DiagID);
1107 /// Teach operator<< to produce an object of the correct type.
1108 template<typename T>
1109 friend const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &operator<<(
1110 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, const T &Value) {
1111 const DiagnosticBuilder &BaseDiag = Diag;
1117 /// \brief Emit a diagnostic.
1118 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID) {
1119 DiagnosticBuilder DB = Diags.Report(Loc, DiagID);
1120 return SemaDiagnosticBuilder(DB, *this, DiagID);
1123 /// \brief Emit a partial diagnostic.
1124 SemaDiagnosticBuilder Diag(SourceLocation Loc, const PartialDiagnostic& PD);
1126 /// \brief Build a partial diagnostic.
1127 PartialDiagnostic PDiag(unsigned DiagID = 0); // in SemaInternal.h
1129 bool findMacroSpelling(SourceLocation &loc, StringRef name);
1131 /// \brief Get a string to suggest for zero-initialization of a type.
1133 getFixItZeroInitializerForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1134 std::string getFixItZeroLiteralForType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc) const;
1136 /// \brief Calls \c Lexer::getLocForEndOfToken()
1137 SourceLocation getLocForEndOfToken(SourceLocation Loc, unsigned Offset = 0);
1139 /// \brief Retrieve the module loader associated with the preprocessor.
1140 ModuleLoader &getModuleLoader() const;
1142 void emitAndClearUnusedLocalTypedefWarnings();
1144 void ActOnEndOfTranslationUnit();
1146 void CheckDelegatingCtorCycles();
1148 Scope *getScopeForContext(DeclContext *Ctx);
1150 void PushFunctionScope();
1151 void PushBlockScope(Scope *BlockScope, BlockDecl *Block);
1152 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *PushLambdaScope();
1154 /// \brief This is used to inform Sema what the current TemplateParameterDepth
1155 /// is during Parsing. Currently it is used to pass on the depth
1156 /// when parsing generic lambda 'auto' parameters.
1157 void RecordParsingTemplateParameterDepth(unsigned Depth);
1159 void PushCapturedRegionScope(Scope *RegionScope, CapturedDecl *CD,
1161 CapturedRegionKind K);
1163 PopFunctionScopeInfo(const sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *WP = nullptr,
1164 const Decl *D = nullptr,
1165 const BlockExpr *blkExpr = nullptr);
1167 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getCurFunction() const {
1168 return FunctionScopes.back();
1171 sema::FunctionScopeInfo *getEnclosingFunction() const {
1172 if (FunctionScopes.empty())
1175 for (int e = FunctionScopes.size()-1; e >= 0; --e) {
1176 if (isa<sema::BlockScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[e]))
1178 return FunctionScopes[e];
1183 template <typename ExprT>
1184 void recordUseOfEvaluatedWeak(const ExprT *E, bool IsRead=true) {
1185 if (!isUnevaluatedContext())
1186 getCurFunction()->recordUseOfWeak(E, IsRead);
1189 void PushCompoundScope();
1190 void PopCompoundScope();
1192 sema::CompoundScopeInfo &getCurCompoundScope() const;
1194 bool hasAnyUnrecoverableErrorsInThisFunction() const;
1196 /// \brief Retrieve the current block, if any.
1197 sema::BlockScopeInfo *getCurBlock();
1199 /// \brief Retrieve the current lambda scope info, if any.
1200 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurLambda();
1202 /// \brief Retrieve the current generic lambda info, if any.
1203 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *getCurGenericLambda();
1205 /// \brief Retrieve the current captured region, if any.
1206 sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *getCurCapturedRegion();
1208 /// WeakTopLevelDeclDecls - access to \#pragma weak-generated Decls
1209 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &WeakTopLevelDecls() { return WeakTopLevelDecl; }
1211 void ActOnComment(SourceRange Comment);
1213 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1214 // Type Analysis / Processing: SemaType.cpp.
1217 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, Qualifiers Qs,
1218 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1219 QualType BuildQualifiedType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc, unsigned CVRA,
1220 const DeclSpec *DS = nullptr);
1221 QualType BuildPointerType(QualType T,
1222 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1223 QualType BuildReferenceType(QualType T, bool LValueRef,
1224 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1225 QualType BuildArrayType(QualType T, ArrayType::ArraySizeModifier ASM,
1226 Expr *ArraySize, unsigned Quals,
1227 SourceRange Brackets, DeclarationName Entity);
1228 QualType BuildExtVectorType(QualType T, Expr *ArraySize,
1229 SourceLocation AttrLoc);
1231 bool CheckFunctionReturnType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1233 /// \brief Build a function type.
1235 /// This routine checks the function type according to C++ rules and
1236 /// under the assumption that the result type and parameter types have
1237 /// just been instantiated from a template. It therefore duplicates
1238 /// some of the behavior of GetTypeForDeclarator, but in a much
1239 /// simpler form that is only suitable for this narrow use case.
1241 /// \param T The return type of the function.
1243 /// \param ParamTypes The parameter types of the function. This array
1244 /// will be modified to account for adjustments to the types of the
1245 /// function parameters.
1247 /// \param Loc The location of the entity whose type involves this
1248 /// function type or, if there is no such entity, the location of the
1249 /// type that will have function type.
1251 /// \param Entity The name of the entity that involves the function
1254 /// \param EPI Extra information about the function type. Usually this will
1255 /// be taken from an existing function with the same prototype.
1257 /// \returns A suitable function type, if there are no errors. The
1258 /// unqualified type will always be a FunctionProtoType.
1259 /// Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
1260 QualType BuildFunctionType(QualType T,
1261 MutableArrayRef<QualType> ParamTypes,
1262 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity,
1263 const FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo &EPI);
1265 QualType BuildMemberPointerType(QualType T, QualType Class,
1267 DeclarationName Entity);
1268 QualType BuildBlockPointerType(QualType T,
1269 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
1270 QualType BuildParenType(QualType T);
1271 QualType BuildAtomicType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
1273 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclarator(Declarator &D, Scope *S);
1274 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeForDeclaratorCast(Declarator &D, QualType FromTy);
1275 TypeSourceInfo *GetTypeSourceInfoForDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType T,
1276 TypeSourceInfo *ReturnTypeInfo);
1278 /// \brief Package the given type and TSI into a ParsedType.
1279 ParsedType CreateParsedType(QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
1280 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D);
1281 DeclarationNameInfo GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name);
1282 static QualType GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType Ty,
1283 TypeSourceInfo **TInfo = nullptr);
1284 CanThrowResult canThrow(const Expr *E);
1285 const FunctionProtoType *ResolveExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
1286 const FunctionProtoType *FPT);
1287 void UpdateExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *FD,
1288 const FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
1289 bool CheckSpecifiedExceptionType(QualType &T, SourceRange Range);
1290 bool CheckDistantExceptionSpec(QualType T);
1291 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *Old, FunctionDecl *New);
1292 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1293 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1294 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc);
1295 bool CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
1296 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1297 const FunctionProtoType *Old, SourceLocation OldLoc,
1298 const FunctionProtoType *New, SourceLocation NewLoc,
1299 bool *MissingExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1300 bool *MissingEmptyExceptionSpecification = nullptr,
1301 bool AllowNoexceptAllMatchWithNoSpec = false,
1302 bool IsOperatorNew = false);
1303 bool CheckExceptionSpecSubset(
1304 const PartialDiagnostic &DiagID, const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1305 const FunctionProtoType *Superset, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
1306 const FunctionProtoType *Subset, SourceLocation SubLoc);
1307 bool CheckParamExceptionSpec(const PartialDiagnostic & NoteID,
1308 const FunctionProtoType *Target, SourceLocation TargetLoc,
1309 const FunctionProtoType *Source, SourceLocation SourceLoc);
1311 TypeResult ActOnTypeName(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1313 /// \brief The parser has parsed the context-sensitive type 'instancetype'
1314 /// in an Objective-C message declaration. Return the appropriate type.
1315 ParsedType ActOnObjCInstanceType(SourceLocation Loc);
1317 /// \brief Abstract class used to diagnose incomplete types.
1318 struct TypeDiagnoser {
1321 virtual void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
1322 virtual ~TypeDiagnoser() {}
1325 static int getPrintable(int I) { return I; }
1326 static unsigned getPrintable(unsigned I) { return I; }
1327 static bool getPrintable(bool B) { return B; }
1328 static const char * getPrintable(const char *S) { return S; }
1329 static StringRef getPrintable(StringRef S) { return S; }
1330 static const std::string &getPrintable(const std::string &S) { return S; }
1331 static const IdentifierInfo *getPrintable(const IdentifierInfo *II) {
1334 static DeclarationName getPrintable(DeclarationName N) { return N; }
1335 static QualType getPrintable(QualType T) { return T; }
1336 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceRange R) { return R; }
1337 static SourceRange getPrintable(SourceLocation L) { return L; }
1338 static SourceRange getPrintable(const Expr *E) { return E->getSourceRange(); }
1339 static SourceRange getPrintable(TypeLoc TL) { return TL.getSourceRange();}
1341 template <typename... Ts> class BoundTypeDiagnoser : public TypeDiagnoser {
1343 std::tuple<const Ts &...> Args;
1345 template <std::size_t... Is>
1346 void emit(const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB,
1347 llvm::index_sequence<Is...>) const {
1348 // Apply all tuple elements to the builder in order.
1349 bool Dummy[] = {false, (DB << getPrintable(std::get<Is>(Args)))...};
1354 BoundTypeDiagnoser(unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args)
1355 : TypeDiagnoser(), DiagID(DiagID), Args(Args...) {
1356 assert(DiagID != 0 && "no diagnostic for type diagnoser");
1359 void diagnose(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
1360 const SemaDiagnosticBuilder &DB = S.Diag(Loc, DiagID);
1361 emit(DB, llvm::index_sequence_for<Ts...>());
1367 bool RequireCompleteTypeImpl(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1368 TypeDiagnoser *Diagnoser);
1370 VisibleModuleSet VisibleModules;
1371 llvm::SmallVector<VisibleModuleSet, 16> VisibleModulesStack;
1373 Module *CachedFakeTopLevelModule;
1376 /// \brief Get the module owning an entity.
1377 Module *getOwningModule(Decl *Entity);
1379 /// \brief Make a merged definition of an existing hidden definition \p ND
1380 /// visible at the specified location.
1381 void makeMergedDefinitionVisible(NamedDecl *ND, SourceLocation Loc);
1383 bool isModuleVisible(Module *M) { return VisibleModules.isVisible(M); }
1385 /// Determine whether a declaration is visible to name lookup.
1386 bool isVisible(const NamedDecl *D) {
1387 return !D->isHidden() || isVisibleSlow(D);
1389 bool hasVisibleMergedDefinition(NamedDecl *Def);
1391 /// Determine if \p D has a visible definition. If not, suggest a declaration
1392 /// that should be made visible to expose the definition.
1393 bool hasVisibleDefinition(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl **Suggested,
1394 bool OnlyNeedComplete = false);
1395 bool hasVisibleDefinition(const NamedDecl *D) {
1397 return hasVisibleDefinition(const_cast<NamedDecl*>(D), &Hidden);
1400 /// Determine if the template parameter \p D has a visible default argument.
1402 hasVisibleDefaultArgument(const NamedDecl *D,
1403 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<Module *> *Modules = nullptr);
1405 /// Determine if \p A and \p B are equivalent internal linkage declarations
1406 /// from different modules, and thus an ambiguity error can be downgraded to
1407 /// an extension warning.
1408 bool isEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclaration(const NamedDecl *A,
1409 const NamedDecl *B);
1410 void diagnoseEquivalentInternalLinkageDeclarations(
1411 SourceLocation Loc, const NamedDecl *D,
1412 ArrayRef<const NamedDecl *> Equiv);
1414 bool isCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) {
1415 return !RequireCompleteTypeImpl(Loc, T, nullptr);
1417 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1418 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1419 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1422 template <typename... Ts>
1423 bool RequireCompleteType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1424 const Ts &...Args) {
1425 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1426 return RequireCompleteType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1429 void completeExprArrayBound(Expr *E);
1430 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1431 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID);
1433 template <typename... Ts>
1434 bool RequireCompleteExprType(Expr *E, unsigned DiagID, const Ts &...Args) {
1435 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1436 return RequireCompleteExprType(E, Diagnoser);
1439 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
1440 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
1441 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID);
1443 template <typename... Ts>
1444 bool RequireLiteralType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
1445 const Ts &...Args) {
1446 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
1447 return RequireLiteralType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
1450 QualType getElaboratedType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
1451 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, QualType T);
1453 QualType BuildTypeofExprType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
1454 /// If AsUnevaluated is false, E is treated as though it were an evaluated
1455 /// context, such as when building a type for decltype(auto).
1456 QualType BuildDecltypeType(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc,
1457 bool AsUnevaluated = true);
1458 QualType BuildUnaryTransformType(QualType BaseType,
1459 UnaryTransformType::UTTKind UKind,
1460 SourceLocation Loc);
1462 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1463 // Symbol table / Decl tracking callbacks: SemaDecl.cpp.
1466 struct SkipBodyInfo {
1467 SkipBodyInfo() : ShouldSkip(false), Previous(nullptr) {}
1469 NamedDecl *Previous;
1472 /// List of decls defined in a function prototype. This contains EnumConstants
1473 /// that incorrectly end up in translation unit scope because there is no
1474 /// function to pin them on. ActOnFunctionDeclarator reads this list and patches
1475 /// them into the FunctionDecl.
1476 std::vector<NamedDecl*> DeclsInPrototypeScope;
1478 DeclGroupPtrTy ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType = nullptr);
1480 void DiagnoseUseOfUnimplementedSelectors();
1482 bool isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const;
1484 ParsedType getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1485 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
1486 bool isClassName = false,
1487 bool HasTrailingDot = false,
1488 ParsedType ObjectType = ParsedType(),
1489 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false,
1490 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo = false,
1491 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII = nullptr);
1492 TypeSpecifierType isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S);
1493 bool isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S);
1494 void DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
1495 SourceLocation IILoc,
1498 ParsedType &SuggestedType,
1499 bool AllowClassTemplates = false);
1501 /// \brief For compatibility with MSVC, we delay parsing of some default
1502 /// template type arguments until instantiation time. Emits a warning and
1503 /// returns a synthesized DependentNameType that isn't really dependent on any
1504 /// other template arguments.
1505 ParsedType ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
1506 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1508 /// \brief Describes the result of the name lookup and resolution performed
1509 /// by \c ClassifyName().
1510 enum NameClassificationKind {
1516 NC_NestedNameSpecifier,
1522 class NameClassification {
1523 NameClassificationKind Kind;
1525 TemplateName Template;
1527 const IdentifierInfo *Keyword;
1529 explicit NameClassification(NameClassificationKind Kind) : Kind(Kind) {}
1532 NameClassification(ExprResult Expr) : Kind(NC_Expression), Expr(Expr) {}
1534 NameClassification(ParsedType Type) : Kind(NC_Type), Type(Type) {}
1536 NameClassification(const IdentifierInfo *Keyword)
1537 : Kind(NC_Keyword), Keyword(Keyword) { }
1539 static NameClassification Error() {
1540 return NameClassification(NC_Error);
1543 static NameClassification Unknown() {
1544 return NameClassification(NC_Unknown);
1547 static NameClassification NestedNameSpecifier() {
1548 return NameClassification(NC_NestedNameSpecifier);
1551 static NameClassification TypeTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1552 NameClassification Result(NC_TypeTemplate);
1553 Result.Template = Name;
1557 static NameClassification VarTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1558 NameClassification Result(NC_VarTemplate);
1559 Result.Template = Name;
1563 static NameClassification FunctionTemplate(TemplateName Name) {
1564 NameClassification Result(NC_FunctionTemplate);
1565 Result.Template = Name;
1569 NameClassificationKind getKind() const { return Kind; }
1571 ParsedType getType() const {
1572 assert(Kind == NC_Type);
1576 ExprResult getExpression() const {
1577 assert(Kind == NC_Expression);
1581 TemplateName getTemplateName() const {
1582 assert(Kind == NC_TypeTemplate || Kind == NC_FunctionTemplate ||
1583 Kind == NC_VarTemplate);
1587 TemplateNameKind getTemplateNameKind() const {
1589 case NC_TypeTemplate:
1590 return TNK_Type_template;
1591 case NC_FunctionTemplate:
1592 return TNK_Function_template;
1593 case NC_VarTemplate:
1594 return TNK_Var_template;
1596 llvm_unreachable("unsupported name classification.");
1601 /// \brief Perform name lookup on the given name, classifying it based on
1602 /// the results of name lookup and the following token.
1604 /// This routine is used by the parser to resolve identifiers and help direct
1605 /// parsing. When the identifier cannot be found, this routine will attempt
1606 /// to correct the typo and classify based on the resulting name.
1608 /// \param S The scope in which we're performing name lookup.
1610 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that precedes the name.
1612 /// \param Name The identifier. If typo correction finds an alternative name,
1613 /// this pointer parameter will be updated accordingly.
1615 /// \param NameLoc The location of the identifier.
1617 /// \param NextToken The token following the identifier. Used to help
1618 /// disambiguate the name.
1620 /// \param IsAddressOfOperand True if this name is the operand of a unary
1621 /// address of ('&') expression, assuming it is classified as an
1624 /// \param CCC The correction callback, if typo correction is desired.
1626 ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, IdentifierInfo *&Name,
1627 SourceLocation NameLoc, const Token &NextToken,
1628 bool IsAddressOfOperand,
1629 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr);
1631 Decl *ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1633 NamedDecl *HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1634 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists);
1635 void RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S);
1636 bool DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, DeclarationNameInfo Info);
1637 bool diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
1638 DeclarationName Name,
1639 SourceLocation Loc);
1641 diagnoseIgnoredQualifiers(unsigned DiagID, unsigned Quals,
1642 SourceLocation FallbackLoc,
1643 SourceLocation ConstQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1644 SourceLocation VolatileQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1645 SourceLocation RestrictQualLoc = SourceLocation(),
1646 SourceLocation AtomicQualLoc = SourceLocation());
1648 static bool adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC);
1649 void DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS);
1650 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R);
1651 void CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D);
1652 void CheckCastAlign(Expr *Op, QualType T, SourceRange TRange);
1653 void handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope);
1654 void setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
1655 TypedefNameDecl *NewTD);
1656 void CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *D);
1657 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1658 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1659 LookupResult &Previous);
1660 NamedDecl* ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope* S, DeclContext* DC, TypedefNameDecl *D,
1661 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration);
1662 NamedDecl *ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
1663 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1664 LookupResult &Previous,
1665 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1667 // Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration
1668 bool CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous);
1669 void CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD);
1670 void CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var);
1671 void MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(const FunctionDecl *D);
1673 NamedDecl* ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
1674 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1675 LookupResult &Previous,
1676 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1678 bool AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1680 bool CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(const FunctionDecl *FD);
1681 bool CheckConstexprFunctionBody(const FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *Body);
1683 void DiagnoseHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1684 void FindHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1685 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1686 void NoteHiddenVirtualMethods(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
1687 SmallVectorImpl<CXXMethodDecl*> &OverloadedMethods);
1688 // Returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration
1689 bool CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S,
1690 FunctionDecl *NewFD, LookupResult &Previous,
1691 bool IsExplicitSpecialization);
1692 void CheckMain(FunctionDecl *FD, const DeclSpec &D);
1693 void CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD);
1694 Decl *ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
1695 ParmVarDecl *BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
1698 ParmVarDecl *CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
1699 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
1700 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
1702 void ActOnParamDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1703 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1705 void ActOnParamUnparsedDefaultArgument(Decl *param,
1706 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
1707 SourceLocation ArgLoc);
1708 void ActOnParamDefaultArgumentError(Decl *param, SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1709 bool SetParamDefaultArgument(ParmVarDecl *Param, Expr *DefaultArg,
1710 SourceLocation EqualLoc);
1712 void AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *dcl, Expr *init, bool DirectInit,
1713 bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1714 void ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *dcl, bool TypeMayContainAuto);
1715 void ActOnInitializerError(Decl *Dcl);
1716 void ActOnPureSpecifier(Decl *D, SourceLocation PureSpecLoc);
1717 void ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D);
1718 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
1719 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
1720 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
1721 SourceLocation AttrEnd);
1722 void SetDeclDeleted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DelLoc);
1723 void SetDeclDefaulted(Decl *dcl, SourceLocation DefaultLoc);
1724 void FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *D);
1725 DeclGroupPtrTy FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
1726 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1727 DeclGroupPtrTy BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
1728 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
1730 /// Should be called on all declarations that might have attached
1731 /// documentation comments.
1732 void ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D);
1733 void ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group);
1735 void ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1736 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls);
1737 void CheckForFunctionRedefinition(
1738 FunctionDecl *FD, const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition = nullptr,
1739 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1740 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
1741 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
1742 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1743 Decl *ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *S, Decl *D,
1744 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1745 void ActOnStartOfObjCMethodDef(Scope *S, Decl *D);
1746 bool isObjCMethodDecl(Decl *D) {
1747 return D && isa<ObjCMethodDecl>(D);
1750 /// \brief Determine whether we can delay parsing the body of a function or
1751 /// function template until it is used, assuming we don't care about emitting
1752 /// code for that function.
1754 /// This will be \c false if we may need the body of the function in the
1755 /// middle of parsing an expression (where it's impractical to switch to
1756 /// parsing a different function), for instance, if it's constexpr in C++11
1757 /// or has an 'auto' return type in C++14. These cases are essentially bugs.
1758 bool canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D);
1760 /// \brief Determine whether we can skip parsing the body of a function
1761 /// definition, assuming we don't care about analyzing its body or emitting
1762 /// code for that function.
1764 /// This will be \c false only if we may need the body of the function in
1765 /// order to parse the rest of the program (for instance, if it is
1766 /// \c constexpr in C++11 or has an 'auto' return type in C++14).
1767 bool canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D);
1769 void computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, sema::FunctionScopeInfo *Scope);
1770 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body);
1771 Decl *ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *Decl, Stmt *Body, bool IsInstantiation);
1772 Decl *ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl);
1773 void ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D);
1775 /// ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute - Invoked when we have finished parsing an
1776 /// attribute for which parsing is delayed.
1777 void ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, ParsedAttributes &Attrs);
1779 /// \brief Diagnose any unused parameters in the given sequence of
1780 /// ParmVarDecl pointers.
1781 void DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1782 ParmVarDecl * const *End);
1784 /// \brief Diagnose whether the size of parameters or return value of a
1785 /// function or obj-c method definition is pass-by-value and larger than a
1786 /// specified threshold.
1787 void DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Begin,
1788 ParmVarDecl * const *End,
1792 void DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Stmt *Body);
1793 Decl *ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
1794 SourceLocation AsmLoc,
1795 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
1797 /// \brief Handle a C++11 empty-declaration and attribute-declaration.
1798 Decl *ActOnEmptyDeclaration(Scope *S,
1799 AttributeList *AttrList,
1800 SourceLocation SemiLoc);
1802 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import declaration.
1804 /// \param AtLoc The location of the '@' symbol, if any.
1806 /// \param ImportLoc The location of the 'import' keyword.
1808 /// \param Path The module access path.
1809 DeclResult ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ImportLoc,
1812 /// \brief The parser has processed a module import translated from a
1813 /// #include or similar preprocessing directive.
1814 void ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1816 /// \brief The parsed has entered a submodule.
1817 void ActOnModuleBegin(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1818 /// \brief The parser has left a submodule.
1819 void ActOnModuleEnd(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod);
1821 /// \brief Check if module import may be found in the current context,
1822 /// emit error if not.
1823 void diagnoseMisplacedModuleImport(Module *M, SourceLocation ImportLoc);
1825 /// \brief Create an implicit import of the given module at the given
1826 /// source location, for error recovery, if possible.
1828 /// This routine is typically used when an entity found by name lookup
1829 /// is actually hidden within a module that we know about but the user
1830 /// has forgotten to import.
1831 void createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
1834 /// Kinds of missing import. Note, the values of these enumerators correspond
1835 /// to %select values in diagnostics.
1836 enum class MissingImportKind {
1842 /// \brief Diagnose that the specified declaration needs to be visible but
1843 /// isn't, and suggest a module import that would resolve the problem.
1844 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1845 bool NeedDefinition, bool Recover = true);
1846 void diagnoseMissingImport(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *Decl,
1847 SourceLocation DeclLoc, ArrayRef<Module *> Modules,
1848 MissingImportKind MIK, bool Recover);
1850 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1851 PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy() const {
1852 return getPrintingPolicy(Context, PP);
1855 /// \brief Retrieve a suitable printing policy.
1856 static PrintingPolicy getPrintingPolicy(const ASTContext &Ctx,
1857 const Preprocessor &PP);
1860 void ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S);
1861 void ActOnTranslationUnitScope(Scope *S);
1863 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1865 Decl *ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
1867 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
1868 bool IsExplicitInstantiation = false);
1870 Decl *BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1873 const PrintingPolicy &Policy);
1875 Decl *BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
1876 RecordDecl *Record);
1878 bool isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
1879 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
1880 SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
1881 const IdentifierInfo *Name);
1884 TUK_Reference, // Reference to a tag: 'struct foo *X;'
1885 TUK_Declaration, // Fwd decl of a tag: 'struct foo;'
1886 TUK_Definition, // Definition of a tag: 'struct foo { int X; } Y;'
1887 TUK_Friend // Friend declaration: 'friend struct foo;'
1890 Decl *ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
1891 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1892 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1893 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
1894 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
1895 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
1896 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
1897 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
1898 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
1899 bool IsTypeSpecifier, SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
1901 Decl *ActOnTemplatedFriendTag(Scope *S, SourceLocation FriendLoc,
1902 unsigned TagSpec, SourceLocation TagLoc,
1904 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
1905 AttributeList *Attr,
1906 MultiTemplateParamsArg TempParamLists);
1908 TypeResult ActOnDependentTag(Scope *S,
1911 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1912 IdentifierInfo *Name,
1913 SourceLocation TagLoc,
1914 SourceLocation NameLoc);
1916 void ActOnDefs(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1917 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
1918 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Decls);
1919 Decl *ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1920 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth);
1922 FieldDecl *HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1923 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1924 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1925 AccessSpecifier AS);
1926 MSPropertyDecl *HandleMSProperty(Scope *S, RecordDecl *TagD,
1927 SourceLocation DeclStart,
1928 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1929 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1931 AttributeList *MSPropertyAttr);
1933 FieldDecl *CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
1934 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
1935 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
1936 bool Mutable, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1937 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
1938 SourceLocation TSSL,
1939 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
1940 Declarator *D = nullptr);
1942 bool CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD);
1943 void DiagnoseNontrivial(const CXXRecordDecl *Record, CXXSpecialMember CSM);
1944 bool SpecialMemberIsTrivial(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
1945 bool Diagnose = false);
1946 CXXSpecialMember getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD);
1947 void ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclStart,
1948 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls);
1949 Decl *ActOnIvar(Scope *S, SourceLocation DeclStart,
1950 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
1951 tok::ObjCKeywordKind visibility);
1953 // This is used for both record definitions and ObjC interface declarations.
1954 void ActOnFields(Scope* S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *TagDecl,
1955 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields,
1956 SourceLocation LBrac, SourceLocation RBrac,
1957 AttributeList *AttrList);
1959 /// ActOnTagStartDefinition - Invoked when we have entered the
1960 /// scope of a tag's definition (e.g., for an enumeration, class,
1961 /// struct, or union).
1962 void ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1964 typedef void *SkippedDefinitionContext;
1966 /// \brief Invoked when we enter a tag definition that we're skipping.
1967 SkippedDefinitionContext ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TD);
1969 Decl *ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl);
1971 /// ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations - Invoked when we have parsed a
1972 /// C++ record definition's base-specifiers clause and are starting its
1973 /// member declarations.
1974 void ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1975 SourceLocation FinalLoc,
1976 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
1977 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
1979 /// ActOnTagFinishDefinition - Invoked once we have finished parsing
1980 /// the definition of a tag (enumeration, class, struct, or union).
1981 void ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl,
1982 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
1984 void ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context);
1986 void ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
1988 /// \brief Invoked when we must temporarily exit the objective-c container
1989 /// scope for parsing/looking-up C constructs.
1991 /// Must be followed by a call to \see ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext
1992 void ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1993 void ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC);
1995 /// ActOnTagDefinitionError - Invoked when there was an unrecoverable
1996 /// error parsing the definition of a tag.
1997 void ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagDecl);
1999 EnumConstantDecl *CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
2000 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
2001 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2004 bool CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI);
2005 bool CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
2006 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
2007 bool EnumUnderlyingIsImplicit,
2008 const EnumDecl *Prev);
2010 /// Determine whether the body of an anonymous enumeration should be skipped.
2011 /// \param II The name of the first enumerator.
2012 SkipBodyInfo shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
2013 SourceLocation IILoc);
2015 Decl *ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *EnumDecl, Decl *LastEnumConstant,
2016 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
2017 AttributeList *Attrs,
2018 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val);
2019 void ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
2020 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDecl,
2021 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
2022 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr);
2024 DeclContext *getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC);
2026 /// Set the current declaration context until it gets popped.
2027 void PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2028 void PopDeclContext();
2030 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
2031 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
2032 void EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2033 void ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S);
2035 /// Push the parameters of D, which must be a function, into scope.
2036 void ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl* D);
2037 void ActOnExitFunctionContext();
2039 DeclContext *getFunctionLevelDeclContext();
2041 /// getCurFunctionDecl - If inside of a function body, this returns a pointer
2042 /// to the function decl for the function being parsed. If we're currently
2043 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2044 FunctionDecl *getCurFunctionDecl();
2046 /// getCurMethodDecl - If inside of a method body, this returns a pointer to
2047 /// the method decl for the method being parsed. If we're currently
2048 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2049 ObjCMethodDecl *getCurMethodDecl();
2051 /// getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl - Return the Decl for the current ObjC method
2052 /// or C function we're in, otherwise return null. If we're currently
2053 /// in a 'block', this returns the containing context.
2054 NamedDecl *getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl();
2056 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
2057 void PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext = true);
2059 /// \brief Make the given externally-produced declaration visible at the
2060 /// top level scope.
2062 /// \param D The externally-produced declaration to push.
2064 /// \param Name The name of the externally-produced declaration.
2065 void pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name);
2067 /// isDeclInScope - If 'Ctx' is a function/method, isDeclInScope returns true
2068 /// if 'D' is in Scope 'S', otherwise 'S' is ignored and isDeclInScope returns
2069 /// true if 'D' belongs to the given declaration context.
2071 /// \param AllowInlineNamespace If \c true, allow the declaration to be in the
2072 /// enclosing namespace set of the context, rather than contained
2073 /// directly within it.
2074 bool isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S = nullptr,
2075 bool AllowInlineNamespace = false);
2077 /// Finds the scope corresponding to the given decl context, if it
2078 /// happens to be an enclosing scope. Otherwise return NULL.
2079 static Scope *getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC);
2081 /// Subroutines of ActOnDeclarator().
2082 TypedefDecl *ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
2083 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
2084 bool isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New);
2086 /// \brief Describes the kind of merge to perform for availability
2087 /// attributes (including "deprecated", "unavailable", and "availability").
2088 enum AvailabilityMergeKind {
2089 /// \brief Don't merge availability attributes at all.
2091 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for a redeclaration, which requires
2094 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an override, which requires
2095 /// an exact match or a weakening of constraints.
2097 /// \brief Merge availability attributes for an implementation of
2098 /// a protocol requirement.
2099 AMK_ProtocolImplementation,
2102 /// Attribute merging methods. Return true if a new attribute was added.
2103 AvailabilityAttr *mergeAvailabilityAttr(NamedDecl *D, SourceRange Range,
2104 IdentifierInfo *Platform,
2105 VersionTuple Introduced,
2106 VersionTuple Deprecated,
2107 VersionTuple Obsoleted,
2110 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK,
2111 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2112 TypeVisibilityAttr *mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2113 TypeVisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2114 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2115 VisibilityAttr *mergeVisibilityAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2116 VisibilityAttr::VisibilityType Vis,
2117 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2118 DLLImportAttr *mergeDLLImportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2119 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2120 DLLExportAttr *mergeDLLExportAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2121 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2123 mergeMSInheritanceAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2124 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex,
2125 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2126 FormatAttr *mergeFormatAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2127 IdentifierInfo *Format, int FormatIdx,
2128 int FirstArg, unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2129 SectionAttr *mergeSectionAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, StringRef Name,
2130 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2131 AlwaysInlineAttr *mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2132 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2133 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2134 MinSizeAttr *mergeMinSizeAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2135 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2136 OptimizeNoneAttr *mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2137 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2138 InternalLinkageAttr *mergeInternalLinkageAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range,
2139 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2140 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2141 CommonAttr *mergeCommonAttr(Decl *D, SourceRange Range, IdentifierInfo *Ident,
2142 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex);
2144 void mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2145 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK = AMK_Redeclaration);
2146 void MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2147 LookupResult &OldDecls);
2148 bool MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&Old, Scope *S,
2149 bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2150 bool MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2151 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2152 void mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *New, ObjCMethodDecl *Old);
2153 void MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous);
2154 void MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, bool MergeTypeWithOld);
2155 void MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old);
2156 bool MergeCXXFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, Scope *S);
2158 // AssignmentAction - This is used by all the assignment diagnostic functions
2159 // to represent what is actually causing the operation
2160 enum AssignmentAction {
2168 AA_Passing_CFAudited
2171 /// C++ Overloading.
2173 /// This is a legitimate overload: the existing declarations are
2174 /// functions or function templates with different signatures.
2177 /// This is not an overload because the signature exactly matches
2178 /// an existing declaration.
2181 /// This is not an overload because the lookup results contain a
2185 OverloadKind CheckOverload(Scope *S,
2187 const LookupResult &OldDecls,
2188 NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
2189 bool IsForUsingDecl);
2190 bool IsOverload(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, bool IsForUsingDecl);
2192 /// \brief Checks availability of the function depending on the current
2193 /// function context.Inside an unavailable function,unavailability is ignored.
2195 /// \returns true if \p FD is unavailable and current context is inside
2196 /// an available function, false otherwise.
2197 bool isFunctionConsideredUnavailable(FunctionDecl *FD);
2199 ImplicitConversionSequence
2200 TryImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2201 bool SuppressUserConversions,
2203 bool InOverloadResolution,
2205 bool AllowObjCWritebackConversion);
2207 bool IsIntegralPromotion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2208 bool IsFloatingPointPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2209 bool IsComplexPromotion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2210 bool IsPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2211 bool InOverloadResolution,
2212 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2213 bool isObjCPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2214 QualType& ConvertedType, bool &IncompatibleObjC);
2215 bool isObjCWritebackConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2216 QualType &ConvertedType);
2217 bool IsBlockPointerConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2218 QualType& ConvertedType);
2219 bool FunctionParamTypesAreEqual(const FunctionProtoType *OldType,
2220 const FunctionProtoType *NewType,
2221 unsigned *ArgPos = nullptr);
2222 void HandleFunctionTypeMismatch(PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
2223 QualType FromType, QualType ToType);
2225 void maybeExtendBlockObject(ExprResult &E);
2226 CastKind PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(ExprResult &E);
2227 bool CheckPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2229 CXXCastPath& BasePath,
2230 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2231 bool IsMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2232 bool InOverloadResolution,
2233 QualType &ConvertedType);
2234 bool CheckMemberPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2236 CXXCastPath &BasePath,
2237 bool IgnoreBaseAccess);
2238 bool IsQualificationConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2239 bool CStyle, bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
2240 bool IsNoReturnConversion(QualType FromType, QualType ToType,
2241 QualType &ResultTy);
2242 bool DiagnoseMultipleUserDefinedConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
2243 bool isSameOrCompatibleFunctionType(CanQualType Param, CanQualType Arg);
2245 ExprResult PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2246 const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate,
2247 QualType ResultType,
2249 bool AllowNRVO = true);
2251 bool CanPerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2253 ExprResult PerformCopyInitialization(const InitializedEntity &Entity,
2254 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
2256 bool TopLevelOfInitList = false,
2257 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2258 ExprResult PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Expr *From,
2259 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2260 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2261 CXXMethodDecl *Method);
2263 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(Expr *From);
2264 ExprResult PerformContextuallyConvertToObjCPointer(Expr *From);
2266 /// Contexts in which a converted constant expression is required.
2268 CCEK_CaseValue, ///< Expression in a case label.
2269 CCEK_Enumerator, ///< Enumerator value with fixed underlying type.
2270 CCEK_TemplateArg, ///< Value of a non-type template parameter.
2271 CCEK_NewExpr ///< Constant expression in a noptr-new-declarator.
2273 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2274 llvm::APSInt &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2275 ExprResult CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Expr *From, QualType T,
2276 APValue &Value, CCEKind CCE);
2278 /// \brief Abstract base class used to perform a contextual implicit
2279 /// conversion from an expression to any type passing a filter.
2280 class ContextualImplicitConverter {
2283 bool SuppressConversion;
2285 ContextualImplicitConverter(bool Suppress = false,
2286 bool SuppressConversion = false)
2287 : Suppress(Suppress), SuppressConversion(SuppressConversion) {}
2289 /// \brief Determine whether the specified type is a valid destination type
2290 /// for this conversion.
2291 virtual bool match(QualType T) = 0;
2293 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2294 /// integral or enumeration type.
2295 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2296 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2298 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the expression has incomplete class type.
2299 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2300 diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2302 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when the only matching conversion function
2304 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(
2305 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2307 /// \brief Emits a note for the explicit conversion function.
2308 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2309 noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2311 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when there are multiple possible conversion
2313 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2314 diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2316 /// \brief Emits a note for one of the candidate conversions.
2317 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2318 noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2320 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic when we picked a conversion function
2321 /// (for cases when we are not allowed to pick a conversion function).
2322 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(
2323 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) = 0;
2325 virtual ~ContextualImplicitConverter() {}
2328 class ICEConvertDiagnoser : public ContextualImplicitConverter {
2329 bool AllowScopedEnumerations;
2332 ICEConvertDiagnoser(bool AllowScopedEnumerations,
2333 bool Suppress, bool SuppressConversion)
2334 : ContextualImplicitConverter(Suppress, SuppressConversion),
2335 AllowScopedEnumerations(AllowScopedEnumerations) {}
2337 /// Match an integral or (possibly scoped) enumeration type.
2338 bool match(QualType T) override;
2340 SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2341 diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override {
2342 return diagnoseNotInt(S, Loc, T);
2345 /// \brief Emits a diagnostic complaining that the expression does not have
2346 /// integral or enumeration type.
2347 virtual SemaDiagnosticBuilder
2348 diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) = 0;
2351 /// Perform a contextual implicit conversion.
2352 ExprResult PerformContextualImplicitConversion(
2353 SourceLocation Loc, Expr *FromE, ContextualImplicitConverter &Converter);
2356 enum ObjCSubscriptKind {
2361 ObjCSubscriptKind CheckSubscriptingKind(Expr *FromE);
2363 // Note that LK_String is intentionally after the other literals, as
2364 // this is used for diagnostics logic.
2365 enum ObjCLiteralKind {
2374 ObjCLiteralKind CheckLiteralKind(Expr *FromE);
2376 ExprResult PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *From,
2377 NestedNameSpecifier *Qualifier,
2378 NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
2381 // Members have to be NamespaceDecl* or TranslationUnitDecl*.
2382 // TODO: make this is a typesafe union.
2383 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<DeclContext *, 16> AssociatedNamespaceSet;
2384 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 16> AssociatedClassSet;
2386 void AddOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Function,
2387 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2388 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2389 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2390 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2391 bool PartialOverloading = false,
2392 bool AllowExplicit = false);
2393 void AddFunctionCandidates(const UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2394 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2395 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2396 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
2397 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2398 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2399 void AddMethodCandidate(DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2400 QualType ObjectType,
2401 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2402 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2403 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2404 bool SuppressUserConversion = false);
2405 void AddMethodCandidate(CXXMethodDecl *Method,
2406 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2407 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext, QualType ObjectType,
2408 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2409 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2410 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2411 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2412 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2413 void AddMethodTemplateCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *MethodTmpl,
2414 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2415 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2416 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2417 QualType ObjectType,
2418 Expr::Classification ObjectClassification,
2419 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2420 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2421 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2422 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2423 void AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2424 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2425 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2426 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2427 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2428 bool SuppressUserConversions = false,
2429 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2430 void AddConversionCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2431 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2432 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2433 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2434 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2435 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2436 void AddTemplateConversionCandidate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
2437 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2438 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2439 Expr *From, QualType ToType,
2440 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2441 bool AllowObjCConversionOnExplicit);
2442 void AddSurrogateCandidate(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion,
2443 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2444 CXXRecordDecl *ActingContext,
2445 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
2446 Expr *Object, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2447 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2448 void AddMemberOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2449 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2450 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2451 SourceRange OpRange = SourceRange());
2452 void AddBuiltinCandidate(QualType ResultTy, QualType *ParamTys,
2453 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2454 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2455 bool IsAssignmentOperator = false,
2456 unsigned NumContextualBoolArguments = 0);
2457 void AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OverloadedOperatorKind Op,
2458 SourceLocation OpLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2459 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet);
2460 void AddArgumentDependentLookupCandidates(DeclarationName Name,
2462 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2463 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2464 OverloadCandidateSet& CandidateSet,
2465 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2467 // Emit as a 'note' the specific overload candidate
2468 void NoteOverloadCandidate(FunctionDecl *Fn, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2469 bool TakingAddress = false);
2471 // Emit as a series of 'note's all template and non-templates identified by
2472 // the expression Expr
2473 void NoteAllOverloadCandidates(Expr *E, QualType DestType = QualType(),
2474 bool TakingAddress = false);
2476 /// Check the enable_if expressions on the given function. Returns the first
2477 /// failing attribute, or NULL if they were all successful.
2478 EnableIfAttr *CheckEnableIf(FunctionDecl *Function, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2479 bool MissingImplicitThis = false);
2481 /// Returns whether the given function's address can be taken or not,
2482 /// optionally emitting a diagnostic if the address can't be taken.
2484 /// Returns false if taking the address of the function is illegal.
2485 bool checkAddressOfFunctionIsAvailable(const FunctionDecl *Function,
2486 bool Complain = false,
2487 SourceLocation Loc = SourceLocation());
2489 // [PossiblyAFunctionType] --> [Return]
2490 // NonFunctionType --> NonFunctionType
2492 // R (*)(A) --> R (A)
2493 // R (&)(A) --> R (A)
2494 // R (S::*)(A) --> R (A)
2495 QualType ExtractUnqualifiedFunctionType(QualType PossiblyAFunctionType);
2498 ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(Expr *AddressOfExpr,
2499 QualType TargetType,
2501 DeclAccessPair &Found,
2502 bool *pHadMultipleCandidates = nullptr);
2505 ResolveSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(OverloadExpr *ovl,
2506 bool Complain = false,
2507 DeclAccessPair *Found = nullptr);
2509 bool ResolveAndFixSingleFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
2510 ExprResult &SrcExpr,
2511 bool DoFunctionPointerConverion = false,
2512 bool Complain = false,
2513 SourceRange OpRangeForComplaining = SourceRange(),
2514 QualType DestTypeForComplaining = QualType(),
2515 unsigned DiagIDForComplaining = 0);
2518 Expr *FixOverloadedFunctionReference(Expr *E,
2519 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2521 ExprResult FixOverloadedFunctionReference(ExprResult,
2522 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
2525 void AddOverloadedCallCandidates(UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2526 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2527 OverloadCandidateSet &CandidateSet,
2528 bool PartialOverloading = false);
2530 // An enum used to represent the different possible results of building a
2531 // range-based for loop.
2532 enum ForRangeStatus {
2534 FRS_NoViableFunction,
2535 FRS_DiagnosticIssued
2538 ForRangeStatus BuildForRangeBeginEndCall(SourceLocation Loc,
2539 SourceLocation RangeLoc,
2540 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
2541 LookupResult &MemberLookup,
2542 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2543 Expr *Range, ExprResult *CallExpr);
2545 ExprResult BuildOverloadedCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn,
2546 UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2547 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2549 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2551 bool AllowTypoCorrection=true);
2553 bool buildOverloadedCallSet(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, UnresolvedLookupExpr *ULE,
2554 MultiExprArg Args, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
2555 OverloadCandidateSet *CandidateSet,
2556 ExprResult *Result);
2558 ExprResult CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2559 UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
2560 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2563 ExprResult CreateOverloadedBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
2564 BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
2565 const UnresolvedSetImpl &Fns,
2566 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
2568 ExprResult CreateOverloadedArraySubscriptExpr(SourceLocation LLoc,
2569 SourceLocation RLoc,
2570 Expr *Base,Expr *Idx);
2573 BuildCallToMemberFunction(Scope *S, Expr *MemExpr,
2574 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2576 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2578 BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(Scope *S, Expr *Object, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2580 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
2582 ExprResult BuildOverloadedArrowExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
2583 SourceLocation OpLoc,
2584 bool *NoArrowOperatorFound = nullptr);
2586 /// CheckCallReturnType - Checks that a call expression's return type is
2587 /// complete. Returns true on failure. The location passed in is the location
2588 /// that best represents the call.
2589 bool CheckCallReturnType(QualType ReturnType, SourceLocation Loc,
2590 CallExpr *CE, FunctionDecl *FD);
2592 /// Helpers for dealing with blocks and functions.
2593 bool CheckParmsForFunctionDef(ParmVarDecl *const *Param,
2594 ParmVarDecl *const *ParamEnd,
2595 bool CheckParameterNames);
2596 void CheckCXXDefaultArguments(FunctionDecl *FD);
2597 void CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(Declarator &D);
2598 Scope *getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S);
2600 /// \name Name lookup
2602 /// These routines provide name lookup that is used during semantic
2603 /// analysis to resolve the various kinds of names (identifiers,
2604 /// overloaded operator names, constructor names, etc.) into zero or
2605 /// more declarations within a particular scope. The major entry
2606 /// points are LookupName, which performs unqualified name lookup,
2607 /// and LookupQualifiedName, which performs qualified name lookup.
2609 /// All name lookup is performed based on some specific criteria,
2610 /// which specify what names will be visible to name lookup and how
2611 /// far name lookup should work. These criteria are important both
2612 /// for capturing language semantics (certain lookups will ignore
2613 /// certain names, for example) and for performance, since name
2614 /// lookup is often a bottleneck in the compilation of C++. Name
2615 /// lookup criteria is specified via the LookupCriteria enumeration.
2617 /// The results of name lookup can vary based on the kind of name
2618 /// lookup performed, the current language, and the translation
2619 /// unit. In C, for example, name lookup will either return nothing
2620 /// (no entity found) or a single declaration. In C++, name lookup
2621 /// can additionally refer to a set of overloaded functions or
2622 /// result in an ambiguity. All of the possible results of name
2623 /// lookup are captured by the LookupResult class, which provides
2624 /// the ability to distinguish among them.
2627 /// @brief Describes the kind of name lookup to perform.
2628 enum LookupNameKind {
2629 /// Ordinary name lookup, which finds ordinary names (functions,
2630 /// variables, typedefs, etc.) in C and most kinds of names
2631 /// (functions, variables, members, types, etc.) in C++.
2632 LookupOrdinaryName = 0,
2633 /// Tag name lookup, which finds the names of enums, classes,
2634 /// structs, and unions.
2636 /// Label name lookup.
2638 /// Member name lookup, which finds the names of
2639 /// class/struct/union members.
2641 /// Look up of an operator name (e.g., operator+) for use with
2642 /// operator overloading. This lookup is similar to ordinary name
2643 /// lookup, but will ignore any declarations that are class members.
2645 /// Look up of a name that precedes the '::' scope resolution
2646 /// operator in C++. This lookup completely ignores operator, object,
2647 /// function, and enumerator names (C++ [basic.lookup.qual]p1).
2648 LookupNestedNameSpecifierName,
2649 /// Look up a namespace name within a C++ using directive or
2650 /// namespace alias definition, ignoring non-namespace names (C++
2651 /// [basic.lookup.udir]p1).
2652 LookupNamespaceName,
2653 /// Look up all declarations in a scope with the given name,
2654 /// including resolved using declarations. This is appropriate
2655 /// for checking redeclarations for a using declaration.
2656 LookupUsingDeclName,
2657 /// Look up an ordinary name that is going to be redeclared as a
2658 /// name with linkage. This lookup ignores any declarations that
2659 /// are outside of the current scope unless they have linkage. See
2660 /// C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6.
2661 LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage,
2662 /// Look up a friend of a local class. This lookup does not look
2663 /// outside the innermost non-class scope. See C++11 [class.friend]p11.
2664 LookupLocalFriendName,
2665 /// Look up the name of an Objective-C protocol.
2666 LookupObjCProtocolName,
2667 /// Look up implicit 'self' parameter of an objective-c method.
2668 LookupObjCImplicitSelfParam,
2669 /// \brief Look up any declaration with any name.
2673 /// \brief Specifies whether (or how) name lookup is being performed for a
2674 /// redeclaration (vs. a reference).
2675 enum RedeclarationKind {
2676 /// \brief The lookup is a reference to this name that is not for the
2677 /// purpose of redeclaring the name.
2678 NotForRedeclaration = 0,
2679 /// \brief The lookup results will be used for redeclaration of a name,
2680 /// if an entity by that name already exists.
2684 /// \brief The possible outcomes of name lookup for a literal operator.
2685 enum LiteralOperatorLookupResult {
2686 /// \brief The lookup resulted in an error.
2688 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'cooked' literal operator, which
2689 /// expects a normal literal to be built and passed to it.
2691 /// \brief The lookup found a single 'raw' literal operator, which expects
2692 /// a string literal containing the spelling of the literal token.
2694 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2695 /// which expect the characters of the spelling of the literal token to be
2696 /// passed as a non-type template argument pack.
2698 /// \brief The lookup found an overload set of literal operator templates,
2699 /// which expect the character type and characters of the spelling of the
2700 /// string literal token to be passed as template arguments.
2704 SpecialMemberOverloadResult *LookupSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *D,
2705 CXXSpecialMember SM,
2712 typedef std::function<void(const TypoCorrection &)> TypoDiagnosticGenerator;
2713 typedef std::function<ExprResult(Sema &, TypoExpr *, TypoCorrection)>
2714 TypoRecoveryCallback;
2717 bool CppLookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S);
2719 struct TypoExprState {
2720 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> Consumer;
2721 TypoDiagnosticGenerator DiagHandler;
2722 TypoRecoveryCallback RecoveryHandler;
2724 TypoExprState(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2725 TypoExprState& operator=(TypoExprState&& other) LLVM_NOEXCEPT;
2728 /// \brief The set of unhandled TypoExprs and their associated state.
2729 llvm::MapVector<TypoExpr *, TypoExprState> DelayedTypos;
2731 /// \brief Creates a new TypoExpr AST node.
2732 TypoExpr *createDelayedTypo(std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer> TCC,
2733 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2734 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC);
2736 // \brief The set of known/encountered (unique, canonicalized) NamespaceDecls.
2738 // The boolean value will be true to indicate that the namespace was loaded
2739 // from an AST/PCH file, or false otherwise.
2740 llvm::MapVector<NamespaceDecl*, bool> KnownNamespaces;
2742 /// \brief Whether we have already loaded known namespaces from an extenal
2744 bool LoadedExternalKnownNamespaces;
2746 /// \brief Helper for CorrectTypo and CorrectTypoDelayed used to create and
2747 /// populate a new TypoCorrectionConsumer. Returns nullptr if typo correction
2748 /// should be skipped entirely.
2749 std::unique_ptr<TypoCorrectionConsumer>
2750 makeTypoCorrectionConsumer(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2751 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2753 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2754 DeclContext *MemberContext, bool EnteringContext,
2755 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
2756 bool ErrorRecovery);
2759 const TypoExprState &getTypoExprState(TypoExpr *TE) const;
2761 /// \brief Clears the state of the given TypoExpr.
2762 void clearDelayedTypo(TypoExpr *TE);
2764 /// \brief Look up a name, looking for a single declaration. Return
2765 /// null if the results were absent, ambiguous, or overloaded.
2767 /// It is preferable to use the elaborated form and explicitly handle
2768 /// ambiguity and overloaded.
2769 NamedDecl *LookupSingleName(Scope *S, DeclarationName Name,
2771 LookupNameKind NameKind,
2772 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2773 = NotForRedeclaration);
2774 bool LookupName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S,
2775 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false);
2776 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2777 bool InUnqualifiedLookup = false);
2778 bool LookupQualifiedName(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *LookupCtx,
2780 bool LookupParsedName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2781 bool AllowBuiltinCreation = false,
2782 bool EnteringContext = false);
2783 ObjCProtocolDecl *LookupProtocol(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdLoc,
2784 RedeclarationKind Redecl
2785 = NotForRedeclaration);
2786 bool LookupInSuper(LookupResult &R, CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2788 void LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverloadedOperatorKind Op, Scope *S,
2789 QualType T1, QualType T2,
2790 UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions);
2791 void addOverloadedOperatorToUnresolvedSet(UnresolvedSetImpl &Functions,
2792 DeclAccessPair Operator,
2793 QualType T1, QualType T2);
2795 LabelDecl *LookupOrCreateLabel(IdentifierInfo *II, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
2796 SourceLocation GnuLabelLoc = SourceLocation());
2798 DeclContextLookupResult LookupConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2799 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupDefaultConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2800 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupCopyingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2802 CXXMethodDecl *LookupCopyingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2803 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2804 CXXConstructorDecl *LookupMovingConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
2806 CXXMethodDecl *LookupMovingAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *Class, unsigned Quals,
2807 bool RValueThis, unsigned ThisQuals);
2808 CXXDestructorDecl *LookupDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
2810 bool checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const UnqualifiedId &Id);
2811 LiteralOperatorLookupResult LookupLiteralOperator(Scope *S, LookupResult &R,
2812 ArrayRef<QualType> ArgTys,
2815 bool AllowStringTemplate);
2816 bool isKnownName(StringRef name);
2818 void ArgumentDependentLookup(DeclarationName Name, SourceLocation Loc,
2819 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args, ADLResult &Functions);
2821 void LookupVisibleDecls(Scope *S, LookupNameKind Kind,
2822 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2823 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2824 void LookupVisibleDecls(DeclContext *Ctx, LookupNameKind Kind,
2825 VisibleDeclConsumer &Consumer,
2826 bool IncludeGlobalScope = true);
2828 enum CorrectTypoKind {
2829 CTK_NonError, // CorrectTypo used in a non error recovery situation.
2830 CTK_ErrorRecovery // CorrectTypo used in normal error recovery.
2833 TypoCorrection CorrectTypo(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2834 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind,
2835 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
2836 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2837 CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2838 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2839 bool EnteringContext = false,
2840 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr,
2841 bool RecordFailure = true);
2843 TypoExpr *CorrectTypoDelayed(const DeclarationNameInfo &Typo,
2844 Sema::LookupNameKind LookupKind, Scope *S,
2846 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
2847 TypoDiagnosticGenerator TDG,
2848 TypoRecoveryCallback TRC, CorrectTypoKind Mode,
2849 DeclContext *MemberContext = nullptr,
2850 bool EnteringContext = false,
2851 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = nullptr);
2853 /// \brief Process any TypoExprs in the given Expr and its children,
2854 /// generating diagnostics as appropriate and returning a new Expr if there
2855 /// were typos that were all successfully corrected and ExprError if one or
2856 /// more typos could not be corrected.
2858 /// \param E The Expr to check for TypoExprs.
2860 /// \param InitDecl A VarDecl to avoid because the Expr being corrected is its
2863 /// \param Filter A function applied to a newly rebuilt Expr to determine if
2864 /// it is an acceptable/usable result from a single combination of typo
2865 /// corrections. As long as the filter returns ExprError, different
2866 /// combinations of corrections will be tried until all are exhausted.
2868 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2869 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2870 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; });
2873 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E,
2874 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2875 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(E, nullptr, Filter);
2879 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER, VarDecl *InitDecl = nullptr,
2880 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter =
2881 [](Expr *E) -> ExprResult { return E; }) {
2882 return ER.isInvalid() ? ER : CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER.get(), Filter);
2886 CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ExprResult ER,
2887 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) {
2888 return CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(ER, nullptr, Filter);
2891 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2892 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2893 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2895 void diagnoseTypo(const TypoCorrection &Correction,
2896 const PartialDiagnostic &TypoDiag,
2897 const PartialDiagnostic &PrevNote,
2898 bool ErrorRecovery = true);
2900 void FindAssociatedClassesAndNamespaces(SourceLocation InstantiationLoc,
2901 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
2902 AssociatedNamespaceSet &AssociatedNamespaces,
2903 AssociatedClassSet &AssociatedClasses);
2905 void FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
2906 bool ConsiderLinkage, bool AllowInlineNamespace);
2908 void DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(LookupResult &Result);
2911 ObjCInterfaceDecl *getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
2912 SourceLocation IdLoc,
2913 bool TypoCorrection = false);
2914 NamedDecl *LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2915 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2916 SourceLocation Loc);
2917 NamedDecl *ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, IdentifierInfo &II,
2919 void AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD);
2921 // More parsing and symbol table subroutines.
2923 void ProcessPragmaWeak(Scope *S, Decl *D);
2924 // Decl attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2925 void ProcessDeclAttributes(Scope *S, Decl *D, const Declarator &PD);
2926 void ProcessDeclAttributeList(Scope *S, Decl *D, const AttributeList *AL,
2927 bool IncludeCXX11Attributes = true);
2928 bool ProcessAccessDeclAttributeList(AccessSpecDecl *ASDecl,
2929 const AttributeList *AttrList);
2931 void checkUnusedDeclAttributes(Declarator &D);
2933 /// Determine if type T is a valid subject for a nonnull and similar
2934 /// attributes. By default, we look through references (the behavior used by
2935 /// nonnull), but if the second parameter is true, then we treat a reference
2937 bool isValidPointerAttrType(QualType T, bool RefOkay = false);
2939 bool CheckRegparmAttr(const AttributeList &attr, unsigned &value);
2940 bool CheckCallingConvAttr(const AttributeList &attr, CallingConv &CC,
2941 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
2942 bool CheckNoReturnAttr(const AttributeList &attr);
2943 bool checkStringLiteralArgumentAttr(const AttributeList &Attr,
2944 unsigned ArgNum, StringRef &Str,
2945 SourceLocation *ArgLocation = nullptr);
2946 bool checkSectionName(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
2947 void checkTargetAttr(SourceLocation LiteralLoc, StringRef Str);
2948 bool checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(
2949 CXXRecordDecl *RD, SourceRange Range, bool BestCase,
2950 MSInheritanceAttr::Spelling SemanticSpelling);
2952 void CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Decl *D);
2954 /// Adjust the calling convention of a method to be the ABI default if it
2955 /// wasn't specified explicitly. This handles method types formed from
2956 /// function type typedefs and typename template arguments.
2957 void adjustMemberFunctionCC(QualType &T, bool IsStatic, bool IsCtorOrDtor,
2958 SourceLocation Loc);
2960 // Check if there is an explicit attribute, but only look through parens.
2961 // The intent is to look for an attribute on the current declarator, but not
2962 // one that came from a typedef.
2963 bool hasExplicitCallingConv(QualType &T);
2965 /// Get the outermost AttributedType node that sets a calling convention.
2966 /// Valid types should not have multiple attributes with different CCs.
2967 const AttributedType *getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const;
2969 /// Check whether a nullability type specifier can be added to the given
2972 /// \param type The type to which the nullability specifier will be
2973 /// added. On success, this type will be updated appropriately.
2975 /// \param nullability The nullability specifier to add.
2977 /// \param nullabilityLoc The location of the nullability specifier.
2979 /// \param isContextSensitive Whether this nullability specifier was
2980 /// written as a context-sensitive keyword (in an Objective-C
2981 /// method) or an Objective-C property attribute, rather than as an
2982 /// underscored type specifier.
2984 /// \returns true if nullability cannot be applied, false otherwise.
2985 bool checkNullabilityTypeSpecifier(QualType &type, NullabilityKind nullability,
2986 SourceLocation nullabilityLoc,
2987 bool isContextSensitive);
2989 /// \brief Stmt attributes - this routine is the top level dispatcher.
2990 StmtResult ProcessStmtAttributes(Stmt *Stmt, AttributeList *Attrs,
2993 void WarnConflictingTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2994 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
2995 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
2997 void CheckConflictingOverridingMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
2998 ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden,
2999 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3001 /// WarnExactTypedMethods - This routine issues a warning if method
3002 /// implementation declaration matches exactly that of its declaration.
3003 void WarnExactTypedMethods(ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3004 ObjCMethodDecl *MethodDecl,
3005 bool IsProtocolMethodDecl);
3007 typedef llvm::SmallPtrSet<Selector, 8> SelectorSet;
3008 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Selector, ObjCMethodDecl*> ProtocolsMethodsMap;
3010 /// CheckImplementationIvars - This routine checks if the instance variables
3011 /// listed in the implelementation match those listed in the interface.
3012 void CheckImplementationIvars(ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl,
3013 ObjCIvarDecl **Fields, unsigned nIvars,
3014 SourceLocation Loc);
3016 /// ImplMethodsVsClassMethods - This is main routine to warn if any method
3017 /// remains unimplemented in the class or category \@implementation.
3018 void ImplMethodsVsClassMethods(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3019 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3020 bool IncompleteImpl = false);
3022 /// DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties - This routine warns on those properties
3023 /// which must be implemented by this implementation.
3024 void DiagnoseUnimplementedProperties(Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3025 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3026 bool SynthesizeProperties);
3028 /// Diagnose any null-resettable synthesized setters.
3029 void diagnoseNullResettableSynthesizedSetters(const ObjCImplDecl *impDecl);
3031 /// DefaultSynthesizeProperties - This routine default synthesizes all
3032 /// properties which must be synthesized in the class's \@implementation.
3033 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties (Scope *S, ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3034 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl);
3035 void DefaultSynthesizeProperties(Scope *S, Decl *D);
3037 /// IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor - This routine returns 'true' if 'IV' is
3038 /// an ivar synthesized for 'Method' and 'Method' is a property accessor
3039 /// declared in class 'IFace'.
3040 bool IvarBacksCurrentMethodAccessor(ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
3041 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, ObjCIvarDecl *IV);
3043 /// DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor - Issue an 'unused' warning if ivar which
3044 /// backs the property is not used in the property's accessor.
3045 void DiagnoseUnusedBackingIvarInAccessor(Scope *S,
3046 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD);
3048 /// GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor - If method is a property setter/getter and
3049 /// it property has a backing ivar, returns this ivar; otherwise, returns NULL.
3050 /// It also returns ivar's property on success.
3051 ObjCIvarDecl *GetIvarBackingPropertyAccessor(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3052 const ObjCPropertyDecl *&PDecl) const;
3054 /// Called by ActOnProperty to handle \@property declarations in
3055 /// class extensions.
3056 ObjCPropertyDecl *HandlePropertyInClassExtension(Scope *S,
3057 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3058 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3059 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3062 const bool isReadWrite,
3063 unsigned &Attributes,
3064 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3066 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3067 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind);
3069 /// Called by ActOnProperty and HandlePropertyInClassExtension to
3070 /// handle creating the ObjcPropertyDecl for a category or \@interface.
3071 ObjCPropertyDecl *CreatePropertyDecl(Scope *S,
3072 ObjCContainerDecl *CDecl,
3073 SourceLocation AtLoc,
3074 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3075 FieldDeclarator &FD,
3078 const bool isReadWrite,
3079 const unsigned Attributes,
3080 const unsigned AttributesAsWritten,
3082 TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
3083 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
3084 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
3086 /// AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules - This routine enforces the rule (via
3087 /// warning) when atomic property has one but not the other user-declared
3088 /// setter or getter.
3089 void AtomicPropertySetterGetterRules(ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3090 ObjCInterfaceDecl* IDecl);
3092 void DiagnoseOwningPropertyGetterSynthesis(const ObjCImplementationDecl *D);
3094 void DiagnoseMissingDesignatedInitOverrides(
3095 const ObjCImplementationDecl *ImplD,
3096 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFD);
3098 void DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID, ObjCInterfaceDecl *SID);
3100 enum MethodMatchStrategy {
3105 /// MatchTwoMethodDeclarations - Checks if two methods' type match and returns
3106 /// true, or false, accordingly.
3107 bool MatchTwoMethodDeclarations(const ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
3108 const ObjCMethodDecl *PrevMethod,
3109 MethodMatchStrategy strategy = MMS_strict);
3111 /// MatchAllMethodDeclarations - Check methods declaraed in interface or
3112 /// or protocol against those declared in their implementations.
3113 void MatchAllMethodDeclarations(const SelectorSet &InsMap,
3114 const SelectorSet &ClsMap,
3115 SelectorSet &InsMapSeen,
3116 SelectorSet &ClsMapSeen,
3117 ObjCImplDecl* IMPDecl,
3118 ObjCContainerDecl* IDecl,
3119 bool &IncompleteImpl,
3120 bool ImmediateClass,
3121 bool WarnCategoryMethodImpl=false);
3123 /// CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches - Checks that methods implemented in
3124 /// category matches with those implemented in its primary class and
3125 /// warns each time an exact match is found.
3126 void CheckCategoryVsClassMethodMatches(ObjCCategoryImplDecl *CatIMP);
3128 /// \brief Add the given method to the list of globally-known methods.
3129 void addMethodToGlobalList(ObjCMethodList *List, ObjCMethodDecl *Method);
3132 /// AddMethodToGlobalPool - Add an instance or factory method to the global
3133 /// pool. See descriptoin of AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool.
3134 void AddMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl, bool instance);
3136 /// LookupMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the instance or factory method and
3137 /// optionally warns if there are multiple signatures.
3138 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3139 bool receiverIdOrClass,
3143 /// \brief - Returns instance or factory methods in global method pool for
3144 /// given selector. If no such method or only one method found, function returns
3145 /// false; otherwise, it returns true
3146 bool CollectMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel,
3147 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*>& Methods,
3150 bool AreMultipleMethodsInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, ObjCMethodDecl *BestMethod,
3152 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3154 void DiagnoseMultipleMethodInGlobalPool(SmallVectorImpl<ObjCMethodDecl*> &Methods,
3155 Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3156 bool receiverIdOrClass);
3159 /// \brief - Returns a selector which best matches given argument list or
3160 /// nullptr if none could be found
3161 ObjCMethodDecl *SelectBestMethod(Selector Sel, MultiExprArg Args,
3165 /// \brief Record the typo correction failure and return an empty correction.
3166 TypoCorrection FailedCorrection(IdentifierInfo *Typo, SourceLocation TypoLoc,
3167 bool RecordFailure = true) {
3169 TypoCorrectionFailures[Typo].insert(TypoLoc);
3170 return TypoCorrection();
3174 /// AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool - All instance methods in a translation
3175 /// unit are added to a global pool. This allows us to efficiently associate
3176 /// a selector with a method declaraation for purposes of typechecking
3177 /// messages sent to "id" (where the class of the object is unknown).
3178 void AddInstanceMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3179 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/true);
3182 /// AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool - Same as above, but for factory methods.
3183 void AddFactoryMethodToGlobalPool(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool impl=false) {
3184 AddMethodToGlobalPool(Method, impl, /*instance*/false);
3187 /// AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool - Add any method, instance or factory to global
3189 void AddAnyMethodToGlobalPool(Decl *D);
3191 /// LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3192 /// there are multiple signatures.
3193 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupInstanceMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3194 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3195 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3199 /// LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method and warns if
3200 /// there are multiple signatures.
3201 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupFactoryMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel, SourceRange R,
3202 bool receiverIdOrClass=false) {
3203 return LookupMethodInGlobalPool(Sel, R, receiverIdOrClass,
3207 const ObjCMethodDecl *SelectorsForTypoCorrection(Selector Sel,
3208 QualType ObjectType=QualType());
3209 /// LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool - Returns the method which has an
3211 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupImplementedMethodInGlobalPool(Selector Sel);
3213 /// CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct - Collect those ivars which require
3215 void CollectIvarsToConstructOrDestruct(ObjCInterfaceDecl *OI,
3216 SmallVectorImpl<ObjCIvarDecl*> &Ivars);
3218 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3219 // Statement Parsing Callbacks: SemaStmt.cpp.
3223 FullExprArg(Sema &actions) : E(nullptr) { }
3225 ExprResult release() {
3229 Expr *get() const { return E; }
3231 Expr *operator->() {
3236 // FIXME: No need to make the entire Sema class a friend when it's just
3237 // Sema::MakeFullExpr that needs access to the constructor below.
3240 explicit FullExprArg(Expr *expr) : E(expr) {}
3245 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3246 return MakeFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation());
3248 FullExprArg MakeFullExpr(Expr *Arg, SourceLocation CC) {
3249 return FullExprArg(ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, CC).get());
3251 FullExprArg MakeFullDiscardedValueExpr(Expr *Arg) {
3253 ActOnFinishFullExpr(Arg, Arg ? Arg->getExprLoc() : SourceLocation(),
3254 /*DiscardedValue*/ true);
3255 return FullExprArg(FE.get());
3258 StmtResult ActOnExprStmt(ExprResult Arg);
3259 StmtResult ActOnExprStmtError();
3261 StmtResult ActOnNullStmt(SourceLocation SemiLoc,
3262 bool HasLeadingEmptyMacro = false);
3264 void ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3265 void ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3266 StmtResult ActOnCompoundStmt(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R,
3267 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Elts, bool isStmtExpr);
3269 /// \brief A RAII object to enter scope of a compound statement.
3270 class CompoundScopeRAII {
3272 CompoundScopeRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
3273 S.ActOnStartOfCompoundStmt();
3276 ~CompoundScopeRAII() {
3277 S.ActOnFinishOfCompoundStmt();
3284 /// An RAII helper that pops function a function scope on exit.
3285 struct FunctionScopeRAII {
3288 FunctionScopeRAII(Sema &S) : S(S), Active(true) {}
3289 ~FunctionScopeRAII() {
3291 S.PopFunctionScopeInfo();
3293 void disable() { Active = false; }
3296 StmtResult ActOnDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl,
3297 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3298 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3299 void ActOnForEachDeclStmt(DeclGroupPtrTy Decl);
3300 StmtResult ActOnForEachLValueExpr(Expr *E);
3301 StmtResult ActOnCaseStmt(SourceLocation CaseLoc, Expr *LHSVal,
3302 SourceLocation DotDotDotLoc, Expr *RHSVal,
3303 SourceLocation ColonLoc);
3304 void ActOnCaseStmtBody(Stmt *CaseStmt, Stmt *SubStmt);
3306 StmtResult ActOnDefaultStmt(SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3307 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3308 Stmt *SubStmt, Scope *CurScope);
3309 StmtResult ActOnLabelStmt(SourceLocation IdentLoc, LabelDecl *TheDecl,
3310 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Stmt *SubStmt);
3312 StmtResult ActOnAttributedStmt(SourceLocation AttrLoc,
3313 ArrayRef<const Attr*> Attrs,
3316 StmtResult ActOnIfStmt(SourceLocation IfLoc,
3317 FullExprArg CondVal, Decl *CondVar,
3319 SourceLocation ElseLoc, Stmt *ElseVal);
3320 StmtResult ActOnStartOfSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3323 StmtResult ActOnFinishSwitchStmt(SourceLocation SwitchLoc,
3324 Stmt *Switch, Stmt *Body);
3325 StmtResult ActOnWhileStmt(SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3327 Decl *CondVar, Stmt *Body);
3328 StmtResult ActOnDoStmt(SourceLocation DoLoc, Stmt *Body,
3329 SourceLocation WhileLoc,
3330 SourceLocation CondLParen, Expr *Cond,
3331 SourceLocation CondRParen);
3333 StmtResult ActOnForStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3334 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3335 Stmt *First, FullExprArg Second,
3338 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3340 ExprResult CheckObjCForCollectionOperand(SourceLocation forLoc,
3342 StmtResult ActOnObjCForCollectionStmt(SourceLocation ForColLoc,
3343 Stmt *First, Expr *collection,
3344 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3345 StmtResult FinishObjCForCollectionStmt(Stmt *ForCollection, Stmt *Body);
3347 enum BuildForRangeKind {
3348 /// Initial building of a for-range statement.
3350 /// Instantiation or recovery rebuild of a for-range statement. Don't
3351 /// attempt any typo-correction.
3353 /// Determining whether a for-range statement could be built. Avoid any
3354 /// unnecessary or irreversible actions.
3358 StmtResult ActOnCXXForRangeStmt(Scope *S, SourceLocation ForLoc,
3359 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3361 SourceLocation ColonLoc, Expr *Collection,
3362 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3363 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3364 StmtResult BuildCXXForRangeStmt(SourceLocation ForLoc,
3365 SourceLocation CoawaitLoc,
3366 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3367 Stmt *RangeDecl, Stmt *BeginEndDecl,
3368 Expr *Cond, Expr *Inc,
3370 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3371 BuildForRangeKind Kind);
3372 StmtResult FinishCXXForRangeStmt(Stmt *ForRange, Stmt *Body);
3374 StmtResult ActOnGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3375 SourceLocation LabelLoc,
3376 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3377 StmtResult ActOnIndirectGotoStmt(SourceLocation GotoLoc,
3378 SourceLocation StarLoc,
3380 StmtResult ActOnContinueStmt(SourceLocation ContinueLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3381 StmtResult ActOnBreakStmt(SourceLocation BreakLoc, Scope *CurScope);
3383 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3384 CapturedRegionKind Kind, unsigned NumParams);
3385 typedef std::pair<StringRef, QualType> CapturedParamNameType;
3386 void ActOnCapturedRegionStart(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope,
3387 CapturedRegionKind Kind,
3388 ArrayRef<CapturedParamNameType> Params);
3389 StmtResult ActOnCapturedRegionEnd(Stmt *S);
3390 void ActOnCapturedRegionError();
3391 RecordDecl *CreateCapturedStmtRecordDecl(CapturedDecl *&CD,
3393 unsigned NumParams);
3394 VarDecl *getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, Expr *E,
3395 bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3396 bool isCopyElisionCandidate(QualType ReturnType, const VarDecl *VD,
3397 bool AllowFunctionParameters);
3399 StmtResult ActOnReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp,
3401 StmtResult BuildReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3402 StmtResult ActOnCapScopeReturnStmt(SourceLocation ReturnLoc, Expr *RetValExp);
3404 StmtResult ActOnGCCAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, bool IsSimple,
3405 bool IsVolatile, unsigned NumOutputs,
3406 unsigned NumInputs, IdentifierInfo **Names,
3407 MultiExprArg Constraints, MultiExprArg Exprs,
3408 Expr *AsmString, MultiExprArg Clobbers,
3409 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3411 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmIdentifier(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3412 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3414 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3415 bool IsUnevaluatedContext);
3416 bool LookupInlineAsmField(StringRef Base, StringRef Member,
3417 unsigned &Offset, SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3418 ExprResult LookupInlineAsmVarDeclField(Expr *RefExpr, StringRef Member,
3420 llvm::InlineAsmIdentifierInfo &Info,
3421 SourceLocation AsmLoc);
3422 StmtResult ActOnMSAsmStmt(SourceLocation AsmLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3423 ArrayRef<Token> AsmToks,
3424 StringRef AsmString,
3425 unsigned NumOutputs, unsigned NumInputs,
3426 ArrayRef<StringRef> Constraints,
3427 ArrayRef<StringRef> Clobbers,
3428 ArrayRef<Expr*> Exprs,
3429 SourceLocation EndLoc);
3430 LabelDecl *GetOrCreateMSAsmLabel(StringRef ExternalLabelName,
3431 SourceLocation Location,
3434 VarDecl *BuildObjCExceptionDecl(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, QualType ExceptionType,
3435 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3436 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
3437 bool Invalid = false);
3439 Decl *ActOnObjCExceptionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3441 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtCatchStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation RParen,
3442 Decl *Parm, Stmt *Body);
3444 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtFinallyStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3446 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtTryStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Try,
3447 MultiStmtArg Catch, Stmt *Finally);
3449 StmtResult BuildObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw);
3450 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtThrowStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Throw,
3452 ExprResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedOperand(SourceLocation atLoc,
3454 StmtResult ActOnObjCAtSynchronizedStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc,
3458 StmtResult ActOnObjCAutoreleasePoolStmt(SourceLocation AtLoc, Stmt *Body);
3460 VarDecl *BuildExceptionDeclaration(Scope *S, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3461 SourceLocation StartLoc,
3462 SourceLocation IdLoc,
3463 IdentifierInfo *Id);
3465 Decl *ActOnExceptionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
3467 StmtResult ActOnCXXCatchBlock(SourceLocation CatchLoc,
3468 Decl *ExDecl, Stmt *HandlerBlock);
3469 StmtResult ActOnCXXTryBlock(SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3470 ArrayRef<Stmt *> Handlers);
3472 StmtResult ActOnSEHTryBlock(bool IsCXXTry, // try (true) or __try (false) ?
3473 SourceLocation TryLoc, Stmt *TryBlock,
3475 StmtResult ActOnSEHExceptBlock(SourceLocation Loc,
3478 void ActOnStartSEHFinallyBlock();
3479 void ActOnAbortSEHFinallyBlock();
3480 StmtResult ActOnFinishSEHFinallyBlock(SourceLocation Loc, Stmt *Block);
3481 StmtResult ActOnSEHLeaveStmt(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *CurScope);
3483 void DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(CXXTryStmt *TryBlock);
3485 bool ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const;
3487 /// \brief If it's a file scoped decl that must warn if not used, keep track
3489 void MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D);
3491 /// DiagnoseUnusedExprResult - If the statement passed in is an expression
3492 /// whose result is unused, warn.
3493 void DiagnoseUnusedExprResult(const Stmt *S);
3494 void DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D);
3495 void DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *ND);
3497 /// Emit \p DiagID if statement located on \p StmtLoc has a suspicious null
3498 /// statement as a \p Body, and it is located on the same line.
3500 /// This helps prevent bugs due to typos, such as:
3503 void DiagnoseEmptyStmtBody(SourceLocation StmtLoc,
3507 /// Warn if a for/while loop statement \p S, which is followed by
3508 /// \p PossibleBody, has a suspicious null statement as a body.
3509 void DiagnoseEmptyLoopBody(const Stmt *S,
3510 const Stmt *PossibleBody);
3512 /// Warn if a value is moved to itself.
3513 void DiagnoseSelfMove(const Expr *LHSExpr, const Expr *RHSExpr,
3514 SourceLocation OpLoc);
3516 /// \brief Warn if we're implicitly casting from a _Nullable pointer type to a
3518 void diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
3519 SourceLocation Loc);
3521 ParsingDeclState PushParsingDeclaration(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool) {
3522 return DelayedDiagnostics.push(pool);
3524 void PopParsingDeclaration(ParsingDeclState state, Decl *decl);
3526 typedef ProcessingContextState ParsingClassState;
3527 ParsingClassState PushParsingClass() {
3528 return DelayedDiagnostics.pushUndelayed();
3530 void PopParsingClass(ParsingClassState state) {
3531 DelayedDiagnostics.popUndelayed(state);
3534 void redelayDiagnostics(sema::DelayedDiagnosticPool &pool);
3536 enum AvailabilityDiagnostic { AD_Deprecation, AD_Unavailable, AD_Partial };
3538 void EmitAvailabilityWarning(AvailabilityDiagnostic AD,
3539 NamedDecl *D, StringRef Message,
3541 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass,
3542 const ObjCPropertyDecl *ObjCProperty,
3543 bool ObjCPropertyAccess);
3545 bool makeUnavailableInSystemHeader(SourceLocation loc,
3546 UnavailableAttr::ImplicitReason reason);
3548 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3549 // Expression Parsing Callbacks: SemaExpr.cpp.
3551 bool CanUseDecl(NamedDecl *D);
3552 bool DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3553 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *UnknownObjCClass=nullptr,
3554 bool ObjCPropertyAccess=false);
3555 void NoteDeletedFunction(FunctionDecl *FD);
3556 std::string getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(const FunctionDecl *FD);
3557 bool DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *PD,
3558 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter,
3559 SourceLocation Loc);
3560 void DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
3561 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
3563 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3564 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
3565 bool IsDecltype = false);
3566 enum ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t { ReuseLambdaContextDecl };
3567 void PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
3568 ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
3569 bool IsDecltype = false);
3570 void PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
3572 void DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
3574 ExprResult TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(Expr *E);
3575 ExprResult HandleExprEvaluationContextForTypeof(Expr *E);
3577 ExprResult ActOnConstantExpression(ExprResult Res);
3579 // Functions for marking a declaration referenced. These functions also
3580 // contain the relevant logic for marking if a reference to a function or
3581 // variable is an odr-use (in the C++11 sense). There are separate variants
3582 // for expressions referring to a decl; these exist because odr-use marking
3583 // needs to be delayed for some constant variables when we build one of the
3584 // named expressions.
3585 void MarkAnyDeclReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D, bool OdrUse);
3586 void MarkFunctionReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, FunctionDecl *Func,
3587 bool OdrUse = true);
3588 void MarkVariableReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, VarDecl *Var);
3589 void MarkDeclRefReferenced(DeclRefExpr *E);
3590 void MarkMemberReferenced(MemberExpr *E);
3592 void UpdateMarkingForLValueToRValue(Expr *E);
3593 void CleanupVarDeclMarking();
3595 enum TryCaptureKind {
3596 TryCapture_Implicit, TryCapture_ExplicitByVal, TryCapture_ExplicitByRef
3599 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3601 /// \param Var The variable to capture.
3603 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture occurs.
3605 /// \param Kind The kind of capture, which may be implicit (for either a
3606 /// block or a lambda), or explicit by-value or by-reference (for a lambda).
3608 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis, if one is provided in
3609 /// an explicit lambda capture.
3611 /// \param BuildAndDiagnose Whether we are actually supposed to add the
3612 /// captures or diagnose errors. If false, this routine merely check whether
3613 /// the capture can occur without performing the capture itself or complaining
3614 /// if the variable cannot be captured.
3616 /// \param CaptureType Will be set to the type of the field used to capture
3617 /// this variable in the innermost block or lambda. Only valid when the
3618 /// variable can be captured.
3620 /// \param DeclRefType Will be set to the type of a reference to the capture
3621 /// from within the current scope. Only valid when the variable can be
3624 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
3625 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
3626 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
3627 /// variables that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
3628 /// a nested generic lambda.
3630 /// \returns true if an error occurred (i.e., the variable cannot be
3631 /// captured) and false if the capture succeeded.
3632 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc, TryCaptureKind Kind,
3633 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, bool BuildAndDiagnose,
3634 QualType &CaptureType,
3635 QualType &DeclRefType,
3636 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt);
3638 /// \brief Try to capture the given variable.
3639 bool tryCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc,
3640 TryCaptureKind Kind = TryCapture_Implicit,
3641 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc = SourceLocation());
3643 /// \brief Checks if the variable must be captured.
3644 bool NeedToCaptureVariable(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3646 /// \brief Given a variable, determine the type that a reference to that
3647 /// variable will have in the given scope.
3648 QualType getCapturedDeclRefType(VarDecl *Var, SourceLocation Loc);
3650 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
3651 void MarkDeclarationsReferencedInExpr(Expr *E,
3652 bool SkipLocalVariables = false);
3654 /// \brief Try to recover by turning the given expression into a
3655 /// call. Returns true if recovery was attempted or an error was
3656 /// emitted; this may also leave the ExprResult invalid.
3657 bool tryToRecoverWithCall(ExprResult &E, const PartialDiagnostic &PD,
3658 bool ForceComplain = false,
3659 bool (*IsPlausibleResult)(QualType) = nullptr);
3661 /// \brief Figure out if an expression could be turned into a call.
3662 bool tryExprAsCall(Expr &E, QualType &ZeroArgCallReturnTy,
3663 UnresolvedSetImpl &NonTemplateOverloads);
3665 /// \brief Conditionally issue a diagnostic based on the current
3666 /// evaluation context.
3668 /// \param Statement If Statement is non-null, delay reporting the
3669 /// diagnostic until the function body is parsed, and then do a basic
3670 /// reachability analysis to determine if the statement is reachable.
3671 /// If it is unreachable, the diagnostic will not be emitted.
3672 bool DiagRuntimeBehavior(SourceLocation Loc, const Stmt *Statement,
3673 const PartialDiagnostic &PD);
3675 // Primary Expressions.
3676 SourceRange getExprRange(Expr *E) const;
3678 ExprResult ActOnIdExpression(
3679 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3680 UnqualifiedId &Id, bool HasTrailingLParen, bool IsAddressOfOperand,
3681 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC = nullptr,
3682 bool IsInlineAsmIdentifier = false, Token *KeywordReplacement = nullptr);
3684 void DecomposeUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Id,
3685 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Buffer,
3686 DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3687 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *&TemplateArgs);
3690 DiagnoseEmptyLookup(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, LookupResult &R,
3691 std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> CCC,
3692 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr,
3693 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args = None, TypoExpr **Out = nullptr);
3695 ExprResult LookupInObjCMethod(LookupResult &LookUp, Scope *S,
3697 bool AllowBuiltinCreation=false);
3699 ExprResult ActOnDependentIdExpression(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3700 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3701 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3702 bool isAddressOfOperand,
3703 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3705 ExprResult BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty,
3708 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
3710 BuildDeclRefExpr(ValueDecl *D, QualType Ty, ExprValueKind VK,
3711 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3712 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr,
3713 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3714 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr);
3716 BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
3717 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3718 SourceLocation nameLoc,
3719 IndirectFieldDecl *indirectField,
3720 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl = DeclAccessPair::make(nullptr, AS_none),
3721 Expr *baseObjectExpr = nullptr,
3722 SourceLocation opLoc = SourceLocation());
3724 ExprResult BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3725 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3727 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3729 ExprResult BuildImplicitMemberExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3730 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3732 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3733 bool IsDefiniteInstance,
3735 bool UseArgumentDependentLookup(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3736 const LookupResult &R,
3737 bool HasTrailingLParen);
3740 BuildQualifiedDeclarationNameExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3741 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3742 bool IsAddressOfOperand, const Scope *S,
3743 TypeSourceInfo **RecoveryTSI = nullptr);
3745 ExprResult BuildDependentDeclRefExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3746 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3747 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3748 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3750 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3753 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3754 ExprResult BuildDeclarationNameExpr(
3755 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo, NamedDecl *D,
3756 NamedDecl *FoundD = nullptr,
3757 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs = nullptr,
3758 bool AcceptInvalidDecl = false);
3760 ExprResult BuildLiteralOperatorCall(LookupResult &R,
3761 DeclarationNameInfo &SuffixInfo,
3762 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3763 SourceLocation LitEndLoc,
3764 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs = nullptr);
3766 ExprResult BuildPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
3767 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT);
3768 ExprResult ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
3769 ExprResult ActOnIntegerConstant(SourceLocation Loc, uint64_t Val);
3771 bool CheckLoopHintExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
3773 ExprResult ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok, Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3774 ExprResult ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok,
3775 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3776 ExprResult ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L, SourceLocation R, Expr *E);
3777 ExprResult ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3781 /// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
3782 /// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz").
3783 ExprResult ActOnStringLiteral(ArrayRef<Token> StringToks,
3784 Scope *UDLScope = nullptr);
3786 ExprResult ActOnGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3787 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3788 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3789 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3790 ArrayRef<ParsedType> ArgTypes,
3791 ArrayRef<Expr *> ArgExprs);
3792 ExprResult CreateGenericSelectionExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc,
3793 SourceLocation DefaultLoc,
3794 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3795 Expr *ControllingExpr,
3796 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Types,
3797 ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs);
3799 // Binary/Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
3800 ExprResult CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, UnaryOperatorKind Opc,
3802 ExprResult BuildUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3803 UnaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *Input);
3804 ExprResult ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3805 tok::TokenKind Op, Expr *Input);
3807 QualType CheckAddressOfOperand(ExprResult &Operand, SourceLocation OpLoc);
3809 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3810 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3811 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3813 ExprResult CreateUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3814 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3816 ActOnUnaryExprOrTypeTraitExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc,
3817 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind,
3818 bool IsType, void *TyOrEx,
3819 SourceRange ArgRange);
3821 ExprResult CheckPlaceholderExpr(Expr *E);
3822 bool CheckVecStepExpr(Expr *E);
3824 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(Expr *E, UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3825 bool CheckUnaryExprOrTypeTraitOperand(QualType ExprType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3826 SourceRange ExprRange,
3827 UnaryExprOrTypeTrait ExprKind);
3828 ExprResult ActOnSizeofParameterPackExpr(Scope *S,
3829 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3830 IdentifierInfo &Name,
3831 SourceLocation NameLoc,
3832 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
3833 ExprResult ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3834 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *Input);
3836 ExprResult ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3837 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3838 ExprResult CreateBuiltinArraySubscriptExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
3839 Expr *Idx, SourceLocation RLoc);
3840 ExprResult ActOnOMPArraySectionExpr(Expr *Base, SourceLocation LBLoc,
3841 Expr *LowerBound, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3842 Expr *Length, SourceLocation RBLoc);
3844 // This struct is for use by ActOnMemberAccess to allow
3845 // BuildMemberReferenceExpr to be able to reinvoke ActOnMemberAccess after
3846 // changing the access operator from a '.' to a '->' (to see if that is the
3847 // change needed to fix an error about an unknown member, e.g. when the class
3848 // defines a custom operator->).
3849 struct ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs {
3855 ExprResult BuildMemberReferenceExpr(
3856 Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc, bool IsArrow,
3857 CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3858 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3859 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3861 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3864 BuildMemberReferenceExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3865 bool IsArrow, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3866 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3867 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope, LookupResult &R,
3868 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs,
3870 bool SuppressQualifierCheck = false,
3871 ActOnMemberAccessExtraArgs *ExtraArgs = nullptr);
3873 ExprResult PerformMemberExprBaseConversion(Expr *Base, bool IsArrow);
3875 bool CheckQualifiedMemberReference(Expr *BaseExpr, QualType BaseType,
3876 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3877 const LookupResult &R);
3879 ExprResult ActOnDependentMemberExpr(Expr *Base, QualType BaseType,
3880 bool IsArrow, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3881 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
3882 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3883 NamedDecl *FirstQualifierInScope,
3884 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
3885 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
3887 ExprResult ActOnMemberAccessExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
3888 SourceLocation OpLoc,
3889 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
3891 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
3892 UnqualifiedId &Member,
3895 void ActOnDefaultCtorInitializers(Decl *CDtorDecl);
3896 bool ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
3897 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
3898 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
3899 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
3900 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3901 bool ExecConfig = false);
3902 void CheckStaticArrayArgument(SourceLocation CallLoc,
3904 const Expr *ArgExpr);
3906 /// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
3907 /// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
3909 ExprResult ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3910 MultiExprArg ArgExprs, SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3911 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr,
3912 bool IsExecConfig = false);
3913 ExprResult BuildResolvedCallExpr(Expr *Fn, NamedDecl *NDecl,
3914 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3915 ArrayRef<Expr *> Arg,
3916 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3917 Expr *Config = nullptr,
3918 bool IsExecConfig = false);
3920 ExprResult ActOnCUDAExecConfigExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LLLLoc,
3921 MultiExprArg ExecConfig,
3922 SourceLocation GGGLoc);
3924 ExprResult ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3925 Declarator &D, ParsedType &Ty,
3926 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *CastExpr);
3927 ExprResult BuildCStyleCastExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3929 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3931 CastKind PrepareScalarCast(ExprResult &src, QualType destType);
3933 /// \brief Build an altivec or OpenCL literal.
3934 ExprResult BuildVectorLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3935 SourceLocation RParenLoc, Expr *E,
3936 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo);
3938 ExprResult MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(Scope *S, Expr *ME);
3940 ExprResult ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3942 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3945 ExprResult BuildCompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3946 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3947 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3950 ExprResult ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
3951 MultiExprArg InitArgList,
3952 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
3954 ExprResult ActOnDesignatedInitializer(Designation &Desig,
3960 static BinaryOperatorKind ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(tok::TokenKind Kind);
3963 ExprResult ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
3964 tok::TokenKind Kind, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3965 ExprResult BuildBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
3966 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3967 ExprResult CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc, BinaryOperatorKind Opc,
3968 Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3970 /// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
3971 /// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
3972 ExprResult ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3973 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3974 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr);
3976 /// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
3977 ExprResult ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LabLoc,
3978 LabelDecl *TheDecl);
3980 void ActOnStartStmtExpr();
3981 ExprResult ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, Stmt *SubStmt,
3982 SourceLocation RPLoc); // "({..})"
3983 void ActOnStmtExprError();
3985 // __builtin_offsetof(type, identifier(.identifier|[expr])*)
3986 struct OffsetOfComponent {
3987 SourceLocation LocStart, LocEnd;
3988 bool isBrackets; // true if [expr], false if .ident
3990 IdentifierInfo *IdentInfo;
3995 /// __builtin_offsetof(type, a.b[123][456].c)
3996 ExprResult BuildBuiltinOffsetOf(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
3997 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
3998 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
3999 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4000 ExprResult ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
4001 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4002 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
4003 ParsedType ParsedArgTy,
4004 ArrayRef<OffsetOfComponent> Components,
4005 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4007 // __builtin_choose_expr(constExpr, expr1, expr2)
4008 ExprResult ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4009 Expr *CondExpr, Expr *LHSExpr,
4010 Expr *RHSExpr, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4012 // __builtin_va_arg(expr, type)
4013 ExprResult ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E, ParsedType Ty,
4014 SourceLocation RPLoc);
4015 ExprResult BuildVAArgExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc, Expr *E,
4016 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, SourceLocation RPLoc);
4019 ExprResult ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc);
4021 bool CheckCaseExpression(Expr *E);
4023 /// \brief Describes the result of an "if-exists" condition check.
4024 enum IfExistsResult {
4025 /// \brief The symbol exists.
4028 /// \brief The symbol does not exist.
4031 /// \brief The name is a dependent name, so the results will differ
4032 /// from one instantiation to the next.
4035 /// \brief An error occurred.
4040 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4041 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo);
4044 CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4045 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4046 UnqualifiedId &Name);
4048 StmtResult BuildMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4050 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
4051 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4053 StmtResult ActOnMSDependentExistsStmt(SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
4055 CXXScopeSpec &SS, UnqualifiedId &Name,
4058 //===------------------------- "Block" Extension ------------------------===//
4060 /// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is
4062 void ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4064 /// ActOnBlockArguments - This callback allows processing of block arguments.
4065 /// If there are no arguments, this is still invoked.
4066 void ActOnBlockArguments(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Declarator &ParamInfo,
4069 /// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
4070 /// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
4071 void ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope);
4073 /// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
4074 /// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
4075 ExprResult ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Stmt *Body,
4078 //===---------------------------- Clang Extensions ----------------------===//
4080 /// __builtin_convertvector(...)
4081 ExprResult ActOnConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4082 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4083 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4085 //===---------------------------- OpenCL Features -----------------------===//
4087 /// __builtin_astype(...)
4088 ExprResult ActOnAsTypeExpr(Expr *E, ParsedType ParsedDestTy,
4089 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
4090 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4092 //===---------------------------- C++ Features --------------------------===//
4094 // Act on C++ namespaces
4095 Decl *ActOnStartNamespaceDef(Scope *S, SourceLocation InlineLoc,
4096 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4097 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4098 IdentifierInfo *Ident,
4099 SourceLocation LBrace,
4100 AttributeList *AttrList,
4101 UsingDirectiveDecl * &UsingDecl);
4102 void ActOnFinishNamespaceDef(Decl *Dcl, SourceLocation RBrace);
4104 NamespaceDecl *getStdNamespace() const;
4105 NamespaceDecl *getOrCreateStdNamespace();
4107 CXXRecordDecl *getStdBadAlloc() const;
4109 /// \brief Tests whether Ty is an instance of std::initializer_list and, if
4110 /// it is and Element is not NULL, assigns the element type to Element.
4111 bool isStdInitializerList(QualType Ty, QualType *Element);
4113 /// \brief Looks for the std::initializer_list template and instantiates it
4114 /// with Element, or emits an error if it's not found.
4116 /// \returns The instantiated template, or null on error.
4117 QualType BuildStdInitializerList(QualType Element, SourceLocation Loc);
4119 /// \brief Determine whether Ctor is an initializer-list constructor, as
4120 /// defined in [dcl.init.list]p2.
4121 bool isInitListConstructor(const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor);
4123 Decl *ActOnUsingDirective(Scope *CurScope,
4124 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4125 SourceLocation NamespcLoc,
4127 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4128 IdentifierInfo *NamespcName,
4129 AttributeList *AttrList);
4131 void PushUsingDirective(Scope *S, UsingDirectiveDecl *UDir);
4133 Decl *ActOnNamespaceAliasDef(Scope *CurScope,
4134 SourceLocation NamespaceLoc,
4135 SourceLocation AliasLoc,
4136 IdentifierInfo *Alias,
4138 SourceLocation IdentLoc,
4139 IdentifierInfo *Ident);
4141 void HideUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingShadowDecl *Shadow);
4142 bool CheckUsingShadowDecl(UsingDecl *UD, NamedDecl *Target,
4143 const LookupResult &PreviousDecls,
4144 UsingShadowDecl *&PrevShadow);
4145 UsingShadowDecl *BuildUsingShadowDecl(Scope *S, UsingDecl *UD,
4147 UsingShadowDecl *PrevDecl);
4149 bool CheckUsingDeclRedeclaration(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4150 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4151 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4152 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4153 const LookupResult &Previous);
4154 bool CheckUsingDeclQualifier(SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4155 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4156 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
4157 SourceLocation NameLoc);
4159 NamedDecl *BuildUsingDeclaration(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
4160 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4162 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo,
4163 AttributeList *AttrList,
4164 bool IsInstantiation,
4165 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4166 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4168 bool CheckInheritingConstructorUsingDecl(UsingDecl *UD);
4170 Decl *ActOnUsingDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4172 bool HasUsingKeyword,
4173 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4175 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4176 AttributeList *AttrList,
4177 bool HasTypenameKeyword,
4178 SourceLocation TypenameLoc);
4179 Decl *ActOnAliasDeclaration(Scope *CurScope,
4181 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4182 SourceLocation UsingLoc,
4183 UnqualifiedId &Name,
4184 AttributeList *AttrList,
4186 Decl *DeclFromDeclSpec);
4188 /// BuildCXXConstructExpr - Creates a complete call to a constructor,
4189 /// including handling of its default argument expressions.
4191 /// \param ConstructKind - a CXXConstructExpr::ConstructionKind
4193 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4194 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, MultiExprArg Exprs,
4195 bool HadMultipleCandidates, bool IsListInitialization,
4196 bool IsStdInitListInitialization,
4197 bool RequiresZeroInit, unsigned ConstructKind,
4198 SourceRange ParenRange);
4200 // FIXME: Can we remove this and have the above BuildCXXConstructExpr check if
4201 // the constructor can be elidable?
4203 BuildCXXConstructExpr(SourceLocation ConstructLoc, QualType DeclInitType,
4204 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool Elidable,
4205 MultiExprArg Exprs, bool HadMultipleCandidates,
4206 bool IsListInitialization,
4207 bool IsStdInitListInitialization, bool RequiresZeroInit,
4208 unsigned ConstructKind, SourceRange ParenRange);
4210 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultInitExpr(SourceLocation Loc, FieldDecl *Field);
4212 /// BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr - Creates a CXXDefaultArgExpr, instantiating
4213 /// the default expr if needed.
4214 ExprResult BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(SourceLocation CallLoc,
4216 ParmVarDecl *Param);
4218 /// FinalizeVarWithDestructor - Prepare for calling destructor on the
4219 /// constructed variable.
4220 void FinalizeVarWithDestructor(VarDecl *VD, const RecordType *DeclInitType);
4222 /// \brief Helper class that collects exception specifications for
4223 /// implicitly-declared special member functions.
4224 class ImplicitExceptionSpecification {
4225 // Pointer to allow copying
4227 // We order exception specifications thus:
4228 // noexcept is the most restrictive, but is only used in C++11.
4229 // throw() comes next.
4230 // Then a throw(collected exceptions)
4231 // Finally no specification, which is expressed as noexcept(false).
4232 // throw(...) is used instead if any called function uses it.
4233 ExceptionSpecificationType ComputedEST;
4234 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType, 4> ExceptionsSeen;
4235 SmallVector<QualType, 4> Exceptions;
4237 void ClearExceptions() {
4238 ExceptionsSeen.clear();
4243 explicit ImplicitExceptionSpecification(Sema &Self)
4244 : Self(&Self), ComputedEST(EST_BasicNoexcept) {
4245 if (!Self.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
4246 ComputedEST = EST_DynamicNone;
4249 /// \brief Get the computed exception specification type.
4250 ExceptionSpecificationType getExceptionSpecType() const {
4251 assert(ComputedEST != EST_ComputedNoexcept &&
4252 "noexcept(expr) should not be a possible result");
4256 /// \brief The number of exceptions in the exception specification.
4257 unsigned size() const { return Exceptions.size(); }
4259 /// \brief The set of exceptions in the exception specification.
4260 const QualType *data() const { return Exceptions.data(); }
4262 /// \brief Integrate another called method into the collected data.
4263 void CalledDecl(SourceLocation CallLoc, const CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4265 /// \brief Integrate an invoked expression into the collected data.
4266 void CalledExpr(Expr *E);
4268 /// \brief Overwrite an EPI's exception specification with this
4269 /// computed exception specification.
4270 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo getExceptionSpec() const {
4271 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo ESI;
4272 ESI.Type = getExceptionSpecType();
4273 if (ESI.Type == EST_Dynamic) {
4274 ESI.Exceptions = Exceptions;
4275 } else if (ESI.Type == EST_None) {
4276 /// C++11 [except.spec]p14:
4277 /// The exception-specification is noexcept(false) if the set of
4278 /// potential exceptions of the special member function contains "any"
4279 ESI.Type = EST_ComputedNoexcept;
4280 ESI.NoexceptExpr = Self->ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation(),
4281 tok::kw_false).get();
4287 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4288 /// copy constructor of a class will have.
4289 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4290 ComputeDefaultedDefaultCtorExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc,
4293 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4294 /// default constructor of a class will have, and whether the parameter
4296 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4297 ComputeDefaultedCopyCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4299 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defautled
4300 /// copy assignment operator of a class will have, and whether the
4301 /// parameter will be const.
4302 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4303 ComputeDefaultedCopyAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4305 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4306 /// constructor of a class will have.
4307 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4308 ComputeDefaultedMoveCtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4310 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted move
4311 /// assignment operator of a class will have.
4312 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4313 ComputeDefaultedMoveAssignmentExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4315 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification a defaulted
4316 /// destructor of a class will have.
4317 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4318 ComputeDefaultedDtorExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4320 /// \brief Determine what sort of exception specification an inheriting
4321 /// constructor of a class will have.
4322 ImplicitExceptionSpecification
4323 ComputeInheritingCtorExceptionSpec(CXXConstructorDecl *CD);
4325 /// \brief Evaluate the implicit exception specification for a defaulted
4326 /// special member function.
4327 void EvaluateImplicitExceptionSpec(SourceLocation Loc, CXXMethodDecl *MD);
4329 /// \brief Check the given exception-specification and update the
4330 /// exception specification information with the results.
4331 void checkExceptionSpecification(bool IsTopLevel,
4332 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4333 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4334 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4336 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &Exceptions,
4337 FunctionProtoType::ExceptionSpecInfo &ESI);
4339 /// \brief Determine if we're in a case where we need to (incorrectly) eagerly
4340 /// parse an exception specification to work around a libstdc++ bug.
4341 bool isLibstdcxxEagerExceptionSpecHack(const Declarator &D);
4343 /// \brief Add an exception-specification to the given member function
4344 /// (or member function template). The exception-specification was parsed
4345 /// after the method itself was declared.
4346 void actOnDelayedExceptionSpecification(Decl *Method,
4347 ExceptionSpecificationType EST,
4348 SourceRange SpecificationRange,
4349 ArrayRef<ParsedType> DynamicExceptions,
4350 ArrayRef<SourceRange> DynamicExceptionRanges,
4351 Expr *NoexceptExpr);
4353 /// \brief Determine if a special member function should have a deleted
4354 /// definition when it is defaulted.
4355 bool ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD, CXXSpecialMember CSM,
4356 bool Diagnose = false);
4358 /// \brief Declare the implicit default constructor for the given class.
4360 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4361 /// default constructor will be added.
4363 /// \returns The implicitly-declared default constructor.
4364 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDefaultConstructor(
4365 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4367 /// DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4368 /// defining this constructor as the default constructor.
4369 void DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4370 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4372 /// \brief Declare the implicit destructor for the given class.
4374 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4375 /// destructor will be added.
4377 /// \returns The implicitly-declared destructor.
4378 CXXDestructorDecl *DeclareImplicitDestructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4380 /// DefineImplicitDestructor - Checks for feasibility of
4381 /// defining this destructor as the default destructor.
4382 void DefineImplicitDestructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4383 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4385 /// \brief Build an exception spec for destructors that don't have one.
4387 /// C++11 says that user-defined destructors with no exception spec get one
4388 /// that looks as if the destructor was implicitly declared.
4389 void AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
4390 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
4392 /// \brief Declare all inheriting constructors for the given class.
4394 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the inheriting
4395 /// constructors will be added.
4396 void DeclareInheritingConstructors(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4398 /// \brief Define the specified inheriting constructor.
4399 void DefineInheritingConstructor(SourceLocation UseLoc,
4400 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4402 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy constructor for the given class.
4404 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4405 /// copy constructor will be added.
4407 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy constructor.
4408 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4410 /// DefineImplicitCopyConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4411 /// defining this constructor as the copy constructor.
4412 void DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4413 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4415 /// \brief Declare the implicit move constructor for the given class.
4417 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4418 /// move constructor will be added.
4420 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move constructor, or NULL if it wasn't
4422 CXXConstructorDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveConstructor(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4424 /// DefineImplicitMoveConstructor - Checks for feasibility of
4425 /// defining this constructor as the move constructor.
4426 void DefineImplicitMoveConstructor(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4427 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
4429 /// \brief Declare the implicit copy assignment operator for the given class.
4431 /// \param ClassDecl The class declaration into which the implicit
4432 /// copy assignment operator will be added.
4434 /// \returns The implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4435 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitCopyAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4437 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared copy assignment operator.
4438 void DefineImplicitCopyAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4439 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4441 /// \brief Declare the implicit move assignment operator for the given class.
4443 /// \param ClassDecl The Class declaration into which the implicit
4444 /// move assignment operator will be added.
4446 /// \returns The implicitly-declared move assignment operator, or NULL if it
4447 /// wasn't declared.
4448 CXXMethodDecl *DeclareImplicitMoveAssignment(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
4450 /// \brief Defines an implicitly-declared move assignment operator.
4451 void DefineImplicitMoveAssignment(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
4452 CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl);
4454 /// \brief Force the declaration of any implicitly-declared members of this
4456 void ForceDeclarationOfImplicitMembers(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
4458 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is an implicitly-deleted
4459 /// special member function.
4460 bool isImplicitlyDeleted(FunctionDecl *FD);
4462 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the type of a static member
4463 /// function after the (naturally empty) cv-qualifier-seq would be.
4465 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4466 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4468 /// \brief Whether this' shows up in the exception specification of a static
4469 /// member function.
4470 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4472 /// \brief Check whether 'this' shows up in the attributes of the given
4473 /// static member function.
4475 /// \returns true if an error occurred.
4476 bool checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(CXXMethodDecl *Method);
4478 /// MaybeBindToTemporary - If the passed in expression has a record type with
4479 /// a non-trivial destructor, this will return CXXBindTemporaryExpr. Otherwise
4480 /// it simply returns the passed in expression.
4481 ExprResult MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E);
4483 bool CompleteConstructorCall(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
4484 MultiExprArg ArgsPtr,
4486 SmallVectorImpl<Expr*> &ConvertedArgs,
4487 bool AllowExplicit = false,
4488 bool IsListInitialization = false);
4490 ParsedType getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4491 SourceLocation NameLoc,
4492 IdentifierInfo &Name);
4494 ParsedType getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4495 IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
4496 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4497 ParsedType ObjectType,
4498 bool EnteringContext);
4500 ParsedType getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType);
4502 // Checks that reinterpret casts don't have undefined behavior.
4503 void CheckCompatibleReinterpretCast(QualType SrcType, QualType DestType,
4504 bool IsDereference, SourceRange Range);
4506 /// ActOnCXXNamedCast - Parse {dynamic,static,reinterpret,const}_cast's.
4507 ExprResult ActOnCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4508 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4509 SourceLocation LAngleBracketLoc,
4511 SourceLocation RAngleBracketLoc,
4512 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4514 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4516 ExprResult BuildCXXNamedCast(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4517 tok::TokenKind Kind,
4520 SourceRange AngleBrackets,
4521 SourceRange Parens);
4523 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4524 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4525 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4526 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4527 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType,
4528 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4530 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4532 /// ActOnCXXTypeid - Parse typeid( something ).
4533 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4534 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4536 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4538 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4539 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4540 TypeSourceInfo *Operand,
4541 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4542 ExprResult BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType,
4543 SourceLocation TypeidLoc,
4545 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4547 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( something ).
4548 ExprResult ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc,
4549 SourceLocation LParenLoc, bool isType,
4551 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4553 /// \brief Handle a C++1z fold-expression: ( expr op ... op expr ).
4554 ExprResult ActOnCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4555 tok::TokenKind Operator,
4556 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4557 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4558 ExprResult BuildCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation LParenLoc, Expr *LHS,
4559 BinaryOperatorKind Operator,
4560 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc, Expr *RHS,
4561 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4562 ExprResult BuildEmptyCXXFoldExpr(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
4563 BinaryOperatorKind Operator);
4565 //// ActOnCXXThis - Parse 'this' pointer.
4566 ExprResult ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation loc);
4568 /// \brief Try to retrieve the type of the 'this' pointer.
4570 /// \returns The type of 'this', if possible. Otherwise, returns a NULL type.
4571 QualType getCurrentThisType();
4573 /// \brief When non-NULL, the C++ 'this' expression is allowed despite the
4574 /// current context not being a non-static member function. In such cases,
4575 /// this provides the type used for 'this'.
4576 QualType CXXThisTypeOverride;
4578 /// \brief RAII object used to temporarily allow the C++ 'this' expression
4579 /// to be used, with the given qualifiers on the current class type.
4580 class CXXThisScopeRAII {
4582 QualType OldCXXThisTypeOverride;
4586 /// \brief Introduce a new scope where 'this' may be allowed (when enabled),
4587 /// using the given declaration (which is either a class template or a
4588 /// class) along with the given qualifiers.
4589 /// along with the qualifiers placed on '*this'.
4590 CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, Decl *ContextDecl, unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals,
4591 bool Enabled = true);
4593 ~CXXThisScopeRAII();
4596 /// \brief Make sure the value of 'this' is actually available in the current
4597 /// context, if it is a potentially evaluated context.
4599 /// \param Loc The location at which the capture of 'this' occurs.
4601 /// \param Explicit Whether 'this' is explicitly captured in a lambda
4604 /// \param FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt If non-null, it points to the index
4605 /// of the FunctionScopeInfo stack beyond which we do not attempt to capture.
4606 /// This is useful when enclosing lambdas must speculatively capture
4607 /// 'this' that may or may not be used in certain specializations of
4608 /// a nested generic lambda (depending on whether the name resolves to
4609 /// a non-static member function or a static function).
4610 /// \return returns 'true' if failed, 'false' if success.
4611 bool CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, bool Explicit = false,
4612 bool BuildAndDiagnose = true,
4613 const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt = nullptr);
4615 /// \brief Determine whether the given type is the type of *this that is used
4616 /// outside of the body of a member function for a type that is currently
4618 bool isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType);
4620 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals.
4621 ExprResult ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4624 /// ActOnObjCBoolLiteral - Parse {__objc_yes,__objc_no} literals.
4625 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind);
4627 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'.
4628 ExprResult ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc);
4630 //// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions.
4631 ExprResult ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *expr);
4632 ExprResult BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex,
4633 bool IsThrownVarInScope);
4634 bool CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, QualType ThrowTy, Expr *E);
4636 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type.
4637 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)")
4638 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)")
4639 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()").
4640 ExprResult ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep,
4641 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4643 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4645 ExprResult BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *Type,
4646 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
4648 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4650 /// ActOnCXXNew - Parsed a C++ 'new' expression.
4651 ExprResult ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal,
4652 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4653 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4654 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4655 SourceRange TypeIdParens, Declarator &D,
4657 ExprResult BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal,
4658 SourceLocation PlacementLParen,
4659 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs,
4660 SourceLocation PlacementRParen,
4661 SourceRange TypeIdParens,
4663 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo,
4665 SourceRange DirectInitRange,
4667 bool TypeMayContainAuto = true);
4669 bool CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc,
4671 bool FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4672 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, bool IsArray,
4673 MultiExprArg PlaceArgs,
4674 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew,
4675 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete);
4676 bool FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range,
4677 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args,
4679 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator,
4680 bool Diagnose = true);
4681 void DeclareGlobalNewDelete();
4682 void DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, QualType Return,
4684 QualType Param2 = QualType(),
4685 bool addRestrictAttr = false);
4687 bool FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD,
4688 DeclarationName Name, FunctionDecl* &Operator,
4689 bool Diagnose = true);
4690 FunctionDecl *FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4691 bool CanProvideSize,
4692 DeclarationName Name);
4694 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression
4695 ExprResult ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc,
4696 bool UseGlobal, bool ArrayForm,
4699 DeclResult ActOnCXXConditionDeclaration(Scope *S, Declarator &D);
4700 ExprResult CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar,
4701 SourceLocation StmtLoc,
4702 bool ConvertToBoolean);
4704 ExprResult ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation LParen,
4705 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen);
4706 ExprResult BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand,
4707 SourceLocation RParen);
4709 /// \brief Parsed one of the type trait support pseudo-functions.
4710 ExprResult ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4711 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args,
4712 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4713 ExprResult BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc,
4714 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args,
4715 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
4717 /// ActOnArrayTypeTrait - Parsed one of the bianry type trait support
4718 /// pseudo-functions.
4719 ExprResult ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4720 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4723 SourceLocation RParen);
4725 ExprResult BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT,
4726 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4727 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
4729 SourceLocation RParen);
4731 /// ActOnExpressionTrait - Parsed one of the unary type trait support
4732 /// pseudo-functions.
4733 ExprResult ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4734 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4736 SourceLocation RParen);
4738 ExprResult BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait OET,
4739 SourceLocation KWLoc,
4741 SourceLocation RParen);
4743 ExprResult ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S,
4745 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4746 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4747 ParsedType &ObjectType,
4748 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor);
4750 ExprResult BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base,
4751 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4752 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4753 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4754 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeType,
4755 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4756 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4757 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage DestroyedType);
4759 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4760 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4761 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4763 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName,
4764 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4765 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4766 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName);
4768 ExprResult ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
4769 SourceLocation OpLoc,
4770 tok::TokenKind OpKind,
4771 SourceLocation TildeLoc,
4772 const DeclSpec& DS);
4774 /// MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups - If the current full-expression
4775 /// requires any cleanups, surround it with a ExprWithCleanups node.
4776 /// Otherwise, just returns the passed-in expression.
4777 Expr *MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr);
4778 Stmt *MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt);
4779 ExprResult MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr);
4781 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr) {
4782 return ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr, Expr ? Expr->getExprLoc()
4783 : SourceLocation());
4785 ExprResult ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *Expr, SourceLocation CC,
4786 bool DiscardedValue = false,
4787 bool IsConstexpr = false,
4788 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer = false);
4789 StmtResult ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *Stmt);
4791 // Marks SS invalid if it represents an incomplete type.
4792 bool RequireCompleteDeclContext(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC);
4794 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(QualType T);
4795 DeclContext *computeDeclContext(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4796 bool EnteringContext = false);
4797 bool isDependentScopeSpecifier(const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4798 CXXRecordDecl *getCurrentInstantiationOf(NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4800 /// \brief The parser has parsed a global nested-name-specifier '::'.
4802 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4804 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4805 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4807 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4808 bool ActOnCXXGlobalScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation CCLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4810 /// \brief The parser has parsed a '__super' nested-name-specifier.
4812 /// \param SuperLoc The location of the '__super' keyword.
4814 /// \param ColonColonLoc The location of the '::'.
4816 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which will be updated in-place
4817 /// to reflect the parsed nested-name-specifier.
4819 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4820 bool ActOnSuperScopeSpecifier(SourceLocation SuperLoc,
4821 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4823 bool isAcceptableNestedNameSpecifier(const NamedDecl *SD,
4824 bool *CanCorrect = nullptr);
4825 NamedDecl *FindFirstQualifierInScope(Scope *S, NestedNameSpecifier *NNS);
4827 bool isNonTypeNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4828 SourceLocation IdLoc,
4830 ParsedType ObjectType);
4832 bool BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4833 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4834 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4835 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4836 QualType ObjectType,
4837 bool EnteringContext,
4839 NamedDecl *ScopeLookupResult,
4840 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup,
4841 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4843 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier 'identifier::'.
4845 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4847 /// \param Identifier The identifier preceding the '::'.
4849 /// \param IdentifierLoc The location of the identifier.
4851 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4853 /// \param ObjectType The type of the object, if we're parsing
4854 /// nested-name-specifier in a member access expression.
4856 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context nominated by
4857 /// this nested-name-specifier.
4859 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4860 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4861 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4862 /// including this new type).
4864 /// \param ErrorRecoveryLookup If true, then this method is called to improve
4865 /// error recovery. In this case do not emit error message.
4867 /// \param IsCorrectedToColon If not null, suggestions to replace '::' -> ':'
4868 /// are allowed. The bool value pointed by this parameter is set to 'true'
4869 /// if the identifier is treated as if it was followed by ':', not '::'.
4871 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4872 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4873 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4874 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4875 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4876 ParsedType ObjectType,
4877 bool EnteringContext,
4879 bool ErrorRecoveryLookup = false,
4880 bool *IsCorrectedToColon = nullptr);
4882 ExprResult ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E);
4884 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifierDecltype(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4886 SourceLocation ColonColonLoc);
4888 bool IsInvalidUnlessNestedName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
4889 IdentifierInfo &Identifier,
4890 SourceLocation IdentifierLoc,
4891 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
4892 ParsedType ObjectType,
4893 bool EnteringContext);
4895 /// \brief The parser has parsed a nested-name-specifier
4896 /// 'template[opt] template-name < template-args >::'.
4898 /// \param S The scope in which this nested-name-specifier occurs.
4900 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier, which is both an input
4901 /// parameter (the nested-name-specifier before this type) and an
4902 /// output parameter (containing the full nested-name-specifier,
4903 /// including this new type).
4905 /// \param TemplateKWLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
4906 /// \param TemplateName the template name.
4907 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
4908 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
4909 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
4910 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
4911 /// \param CCLoc The location of the '::'.
4913 /// \param EnteringContext Whether we're entering the context of the
4914 /// nested-name-specifier.
4917 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
4918 bool ActOnCXXNestedNameSpecifier(Scope *S,
4920 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
4921 TemplateTy TemplateName,
4922 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
4923 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
4924 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
4925 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
4926 SourceLocation CCLoc,
4927 bool EnteringContext);
4929 /// \brief Given a C++ nested-name-specifier, produce an annotation value
4930 /// that the parser can use later to reconstruct the given
4931 /// nested-name-specifier.
4933 /// \param SS A nested-name-specifier.
4935 /// \returns A pointer containing all of the information in the
4936 /// nested-name-specifier \p SS.
4937 void *SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4939 /// \brief Given an annotation pointer for a nested-name-specifier, restore
4940 /// the nested-name-specifier structure.
4942 /// \param Annotation The annotation pointer, produced by
4943 /// \c SaveNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation().
4945 /// \param AnnotationRange The source range corresponding to the annotation.
4947 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be updated with the contents
4948 /// of the annotation pointer.
4949 void RestoreNestedNameSpecifierAnnotation(void *Annotation,
4950 SourceRange AnnotationRange,
4953 bool ShouldEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4955 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope - Called when a C++ scope specifier (global
4956 /// scope or nested-name-specifier) is parsed, part of a declarator-id.
4957 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.3p3], names should be
4958 /// looked up in the declarator-id's scope, until the declarator is parsed and
4959 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope is called.
4960 /// The 'SS' should be a non-empty valid CXXScopeSpec.
4961 bool ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4963 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope - Called when a declarator that previously
4964 /// invoked ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope(), is finished. 'SS' is the same
4965 /// CXXScopeSpec that was passed to ActOnCXXEnterDeclaratorScope as well.
4966 /// Used to indicate that names should revert to being looked up in the
4968 void ActOnCXXExitDeclaratorScope(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS);
4970 /// ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer - Invoked when we are about to parse an
4971 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4972 /// After this method is called, according to [C++ 3.4.1p13], if 'Dcl' is a
4973 /// static data member of class X, names should be looked up in the scope of
4975 void ActOnCXXEnterDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4977 /// ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer - Invoked after we are finished parsing an
4978 /// initializer for the declaration 'Dcl'.
4979 void ActOnCXXExitDeclInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *Dcl);
4981 /// \brief Create a new lambda closure type.
4982 CXXRecordDecl *createLambdaClosureType(SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4983 TypeSourceInfo *Info,
4984 bool KnownDependent,
4985 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault);
4987 /// \brief Start the definition of a lambda expression.
4988 CXXMethodDecl *startLambdaDefinition(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
4989 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4990 TypeSourceInfo *MethodType,
4991 SourceLocation EndLoc,
4992 ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Params);
4994 /// \brief Endow the lambda scope info with the relevant properties.
4995 void buildLambdaScope(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
4996 CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
4997 SourceRange IntroducerRange,
4998 LambdaCaptureDefault CaptureDefault,
4999 SourceLocation CaptureDefaultLoc,
5000 bool ExplicitParams,
5001 bool ExplicitResultType,
5004 /// \brief Perform initialization analysis of the init-capture and perform
5005 /// any implicit conversions such as an lvalue-to-rvalue conversion if
5006 /// not being used to initialize a reference.
5007 ParsedType actOnLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5008 SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef, IdentifierInfo *Id,
5009 LambdaCaptureInitKind InitKind, Expr *&Init) {
5010 return ParsedType::make(buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(
5011 Loc, ByRef, Id, InitKind != LambdaCaptureInitKind::CopyInit, Init));
5013 QualType buildLambdaInitCaptureInitialization(SourceLocation Loc, bool ByRef,
5015 bool DirectInit, Expr *&Init);
5017 /// \brief Create a dummy variable within the declcontext of the lambda's
5018 /// call operator, for name lookup purposes for a lambda init capture.
5020 /// CodeGen handles emission of lambda captures, ignoring these dummy
5021 /// variables appropriately.
5022 VarDecl *createLambdaInitCaptureVarDecl(SourceLocation Loc,
5023 QualType InitCaptureType,
5025 unsigned InitStyle, Expr *Init);
5027 /// \brief Build the implicit field for an init-capture.
5028 FieldDecl *buildInitCaptureField(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI, VarDecl *Var);
5030 /// \brief Note that we have finished the explicit captures for the
5032 void finishLambdaExplicitCaptures(sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5034 /// \brief Introduce the lambda parameters into scope.
5035 void addLambdaParameters(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, Scope *CurScope);
5037 /// \brief Deduce a block or lambda's return type based on the return
5038 /// statements present in the body.
5039 void deduceClosureReturnType(sema::CapturingScopeInfo &CSI);
5041 /// ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition - This is called just before we start
5042 /// parsing the body of a lambda; it analyzes the explicit captures and
5043 /// arguments, and sets up various data-structures for the body of the
5045 void ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition(LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
5046 Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope);
5048 /// ActOnLambdaError - If there is an error parsing a lambda, this callback
5049 /// is invoked to pop the information about the lambda.
5050 void ActOnLambdaError(SourceLocation StartLoc, Scope *CurScope,
5051 bool IsInstantiation = false);
5053 /// ActOnLambdaExpr - This is called when the body of a lambda expression
5054 /// was successfully completed.
5055 ExprResult ActOnLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, Stmt *Body,
5058 /// \brief Complete a lambda-expression having processed and attached the
5060 ExprResult BuildLambdaExpr(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
5061 sema::LambdaScopeInfo *LSI);
5063 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5064 /// function pointer.
5066 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5067 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5068 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5069 /// block pointer conversion.
5070 void DefineImplicitLambdaToFunctionPointerConversion(
5071 SourceLocation CurrentLoc, CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5073 /// \brief Define the "body" of the conversion from a lambda object to a
5076 /// This routine doesn't actually define a sensible body; rather, it fills
5077 /// in the initialization expression needed to copy the lambda object into
5078 /// the block, and IR generation actually generates the real body of the
5079 /// block pointer conversion.
5080 void DefineImplicitLambdaToBlockPointerConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLoc,
5081 CXXConversionDecl *Conv);
5083 ExprResult BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(SourceLocation CurrentLocation,
5084 SourceLocation ConvLocation,
5085 CXXConversionDecl *Conv,
5088 // ParseObjCStringLiteral - Parse Objective-C string literals.
5089 ExprResult ParseObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation *AtLocs,
5090 ArrayRef<Expr *> Strings);
5092 ExprResult BuildObjCStringLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, StringLiteral *S);
5094 /// BuildObjCNumericLiteral - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5095 /// numeric literal expression. Type of the expression will be "NSNumber *"
5096 /// or "id" if NSNumber is unavailable.
5097 ExprResult BuildObjCNumericLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, Expr *Number);
5098 ExprResult ActOnObjCBoolLiteral(SourceLocation AtLoc, SourceLocation ValueLoc,
5100 ExprResult BuildObjCArrayLiteral(SourceRange SR, MultiExprArg Elements);
5102 /// BuildObjCBoxedExpr - builds an ObjCBoxedExpr AST node for the
5103 /// '@' prefixed parenthesized expression. The type of the expression will
5104 /// either be "NSNumber *", "NSString *" or "NSValue *" depending on the type
5105 /// of ValueType, which is allowed to be a built-in numeric type, "char *",
5106 /// "const char *" or C structure with attribute 'objc_boxable'.
5107 ExprResult BuildObjCBoxedExpr(SourceRange SR, Expr *ValueExpr);
5109 ExprResult BuildObjCSubscriptExpression(SourceLocation RB, Expr *BaseExpr,
5111 ObjCMethodDecl *getterMethod,
5112 ObjCMethodDecl *setterMethod);
5114 ExprResult BuildObjCDictionaryLiteral(SourceRange SR,
5115 MutableArrayRef<ObjCDictionaryElement> Elements);
5117 ExprResult BuildObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5118 TypeSourceInfo *EncodedTypeInfo,
5119 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5120 ExprResult BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *Exp, NamedDecl *FoundDecl,
5121 CXXConversionDecl *Method,
5122 bool HadMultipleCandidates);
5124 ExprResult ParseObjCEncodeExpression(SourceLocation AtLoc,
5125 SourceLocation EncodeLoc,
5126 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5128 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5130 /// ParseObjCSelectorExpression - Build selector expression for \@selector
5131 ExprResult ParseObjCSelectorExpression(Selector Sel,
5132 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5133 SourceLocation SelLoc,
5134 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5135 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5136 bool WarnMultipleSelectors);
5138 /// ParseObjCProtocolExpression - Build protocol expression for \@protocol
5139 ExprResult ParseObjCProtocolExpression(IdentifierInfo * ProtocolName,
5140 SourceLocation AtLoc,
5141 SourceLocation ProtoLoc,
5142 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5143 SourceLocation ProtoIdLoc,
5144 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5146 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5149 Decl *ActOnStartLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5150 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5152 SourceLocation LBraceLoc);
5153 Decl *ActOnFinishLinkageSpecification(Scope *S,
5155 SourceLocation RBraceLoc);
5158 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5161 bool isCurrentClassName(const IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S,
5162 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = nullptr);
5163 bool isCurrentClassNameTypo(IdentifierInfo *&II, const CXXScopeSpec *SS);
5165 bool ActOnAccessSpecifier(AccessSpecifier Access,
5166 SourceLocation ASLoc,
5167 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5168 AttributeList *Attrs = nullptr);
5170 NamedDecl *ActOnCXXMemberDeclarator(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
5172 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5173 Expr *BitfieldWidth, const VirtSpecifiers &VS,
5174 InClassInitStyle InitStyle);
5176 void ActOnStartCXXInClassMemberInitializer();
5177 void ActOnFinishCXXInClassMemberInitializer(Decl *VarDecl,
5178 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5181 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5184 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5185 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5187 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5188 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
5189 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
5190 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5191 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5193 MemInitResult ActOnMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5196 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5197 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5199 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5201 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5203 MemInitResult BuildMemInitializer(Decl *ConstructorD,
5206 IdentifierInfo *MemberOrBase,
5207 ParsedType TemplateTypeTy,
5209 SourceLocation IdLoc,
5211 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5213 MemInitResult BuildMemberInitializer(ValueDecl *Member,
5215 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5217 MemInitResult BuildBaseInitializer(QualType BaseType,
5218 TypeSourceInfo *BaseTInfo,
5220 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
5221 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5223 MemInitResult BuildDelegatingInitializer(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5225 CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5227 bool SetDelegatingInitializer(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor,
5228 CXXCtorInitializer *Initializer);
5230 bool SetCtorInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor, bool AnyErrors,
5231 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers = None);
5233 void SetIvarInitializers(ObjCImplementationDecl *ObjCImplementation);
5236 /// MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced - Given a record decl,
5237 /// mark all the non-trivial destructors of its members and bases as
5239 void MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5240 CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5242 /// \brief The list of classes whose vtables have been used within
5243 /// this translation unit, and the source locations at which the
5244 /// first use occurred.
5245 typedef std::pair<CXXRecordDecl*, SourceLocation> VTableUse;
5247 /// \brief The list of vtables that are required but have not yet been
5249 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> VTableUses;
5251 /// \brief The set of classes whose vtables have been used within
5252 /// this translation unit, and a bit that will be true if the vtable is
5253 /// required to be emitted (otherwise, it should be emitted only if needed
5254 /// by code generation).
5255 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, bool> VTablesUsed;
5257 /// \brief Load any externally-stored vtable uses.
5258 void LoadExternalVTableUses();
5260 /// \brief Note that the vtable for the given class was used at the
5262 void MarkVTableUsed(SourceLocation Loc, CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5263 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
5265 /// \brief Mark the exception specifications of all virtual member functions
5266 /// in the given class as needed.
5267 void MarkVirtualMemberExceptionSpecsNeeded(SourceLocation Loc,
5268 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5270 /// MarkVirtualMembersReferenced - Will mark all members of the given
5271 /// CXXRecordDecl referenced.
5272 void MarkVirtualMembersReferenced(SourceLocation Loc,
5273 const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5275 /// \brief Define all of the vtables that have been used in this
5276 /// translation unit and reference any virtual members used by those
5279 /// \returns true if any work was done, false otherwise.
5280 bool DefineUsedVTables();
5282 void AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl);
5284 void ActOnMemInitializers(Decl *ConstructorDecl,
5285 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
5286 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer*> MemInits,
5289 void checkClassLevelDLLAttribute(CXXRecordDecl *Class);
5290 void propagateDLLAttrToBaseClassTemplate(
5291 CXXRecordDecl *Class, Attr *ClassAttr,
5292 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *BaseTemplateSpec,
5293 SourceLocation BaseLoc);
5294 void CheckCompletedCXXClass(CXXRecordDecl *Record);
5295 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberSpecification(Scope* S, SourceLocation RLoc,
5297 SourceLocation LBrac,
5298 SourceLocation RBrac,
5299 AttributeList *AttrList);
5300 void ActOnFinishCXXMemberDecls();
5301 void ActOnFinishCXXNonNestedClass(Decl *D);
5303 void ActOnReenterCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, ParmVarDecl *Param);
5304 unsigned ActOnReenterTemplateScope(Scope *S, Decl *Template);
5305 void ActOnStartDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5306 void ActOnStartDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5307 void ActOnDelayedCXXMethodParameter(Scope *S, Decl *Param);
5308 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *Record);
5309 void ActOnFinishDelayedCXXMethodDeclaration(Scope *S, Decl *Method);
5310 void ActOnFinishDelayedMemberInitializers(Decl *Record);
5311 void MarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD, Decl *FnD,
5312 CachedTokens &Toks);
5313 void UnmarkAsLateParsedTemplate(FunctionDecl *FD);
5314 bool IsInsideALocalClassWithinATemplateFunction();
5316 Decl *ActOnStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5318 Expr *AssertMessageExpr,
5319 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
5320 Decl *BuildStaticAssertDeclaration(SourceLocation StaticAssertLoc,
5322 StringLiteral *AssertMessageExpr,
5323 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
5326 FriendDecl *CheckFriendTypeDecl(SourceLocation LocStart,
5327 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5328 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo);
5329 Decl *ActOnFriendTypeDecl(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
5330 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5331 NamedDecl *ActOnFriendFunctionDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5332 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams);
5334 QualType CheckConstructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5336 void CheckConstructor(CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor);
5337 QualType CheckDestructorDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType R,
5339 bool CheckDestructor(CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor);
5340 void CheckConversionDeclarator(Declarator &D, QualType &R,
5342 Decl *ActOnConversionDeclarator(CXXConversionDecl *Conversion);
5344 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedSpecialMember(CXXMethodDecl *MD);
5345 void CheckExplicitlyDefaultedMemberExceptionSpec(CXXMethodDecl *MD,
5346 const FunctionProtoType *T);
5347 void CheckDelayedMemberExceptionSpecs();
5349 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5350 // C++ Derived Classes
5353 /// ActOnBaseSpecifier - Parsed a base specifier
5354 CXXBaseSpecifier *CheckBaseSpecifier(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5355 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5356 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5357 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
5358 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5360 BaseResult ActOnBaseSpecifier(Decl *classdecl,
5361 SourceRange SpecifierRange,
5362 ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
5363 bool Virtual, AccessSpecifier Access,
5364 ParsedType basetype,
5365 SourceLocation BaseLoc,
5366 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
5368 bool AttachBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Class,
5369 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5370 void ActOnBaseSpecifiers(Decl *ClassDecl,
5371 MutableArrayRef<CXXBaseSpecifier *> Bases);
5373 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base);
5374 bool IsDerivedFrom(SourceLocation Loc, QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5375 CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5377 // FIXME: I don't like this name.
5378 void BuildBasePathArray(const CXXBasePaths &Paths, CXXCastPath &BasePath);
5380 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5381 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5382 CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
5383 bool IgnoreAccess = false);
5384 bool CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(QualType Derived, QualType Base,
5385 unsigned InaccessibleBaseID,
5386 unsigned AmbigiousBaseConvID,
5387 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
5388 DeclarationName Name,
5389 CXXCastPath *BasePath);
5391 std::string getAmbiguousPathsDisplayString(CXXBasePaths &Paths);
5393 bool CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5394 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5396 /// CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType - Checks whether the return types are
5397 /// covariant, according to C++ [class.virtual]p5.
5398 bool CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5399 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5401 /// CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec - Checks whether the exception
5402 /// spec is a subset of base spec.
5403 bool CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5404 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5406 bool CheckPureMethod(CXXMethodDecl *Method, SourceRange InitRange);
5408 /// CheckOverrideControl - Check C++11 override control semantics.
5409 void CheckOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5411 /// DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl - Diagnose if 'override' keyword was
5412 /// not used in the declaration of an overriding method.
5413 void DiagnoseAbsenceOfOverrideControl(NamedDecl *D);
5415 /// CheckForFunctionMarkedFinal - Checks whether a virtual member function
5416 /// overrides a virtual member function marked 'final', according to
5417 /// C++11 [class.virtual]p4.
5418 bool CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(const CXXMethodDecl *New,
5419 const CXXMethodDecl *Old);
5422 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5423 // C++ Access Control
5433 bool SetMemberAccessSpecifier(NamedDecl *MemberDecl,
5434 NamedDecl *PrevMemberDecl,
5435 AccessSpecifier LexicalAS);
5437 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedMemberAccess(UnresolvedMemberExpr *E,
5438 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5439 AccessResult CheckUnresolvedLookupAccess(UnresolvedLookupExpr *E,
5440 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5441 AccessResult CheckAllocationAccess(SourceLocation OperatorLoc,
5442 SourceRange PlacementRange,
5443 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5444 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl,
5445 bool Diagnose = true);
5446 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5447 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5448 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5449 AccessSpecifier Access,
5450 bool IsCopyBindingRefToTemp = false);
5451 AccessResult CheckConstructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5452 CXXConstructorDecl *D,
5453 const InitializedEntity &Entity,
5454 AccessSpecifier Access,
5455 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag);
5456 AccessResult CheckDestructorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5457 CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor,
5458 const PartialDiagnostic &PDiag,
5459 QualType objectType = QualType());
5460 AccessResult CheckFriendAccess(NamedDecl *D);
5461 AccessResult CheckMemberAccess(SourceLocation UseLoc,
5462 CXXRecordDecl *NamingClass,
5463 DeclAccessPair Found);
5464 AccessResult CheckMemberOperatorAccess(SourceLocation Loc,
5467 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5468 AccessResult CheckAddressOfMemberAccess(Expr *OvlExpr,
5469 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl);
5470 AccessResult CheckBaseClassAccess(SourceLocation AccessLoc,
5471 QualType Base, QualType Derived,
5472 const CXXBasePath &Path,
5474 bool ForceCheck = false,
5475 bool ForceUnprivileged = false);
5476 void CheckLookupAccess(const LookupResult &R);
5477 bool IsSimplyAccessible(NamedDecl *decl, DeclContext *Ctx);
5478 bool isSpecialMemberAccessibleForDeletion(CXXMethodDecl *decl,
5479 AccessSpecifier access,
5480 QualType objectType);
5482 void HandleDependentAccessCheck(const DependentDiagnostic &DD,
5483 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5484 void PerformDependentDiagnostics(const DeclContext *Pattern,
5485 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
5487 void HandleDelayedAccessCheck(sema::DelayedDiagnostic &DD, Decl *Ctx);
5489 /// \brief When true, access checking violations are treated as SFINAE
5490 /// failures rather than hard errors.
5491 bool AccessCheckingSFINAE;
5493 enum AbstractDiagSelID {
5497 AbstractVariableType,
5500 AbstractSynthesizedIvarType,
5504 bool isAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T);
5505 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T,
5506 TypeDiagnoser &Diagnoser);
5507 template <typename... Ts>
5508 bool RequireNonAbstractType(SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, unsigned DiagID,
5509 const Ts &...Args) {
5510 BoundTypeDiagnoser<Ts...> Diagnoser(DiagID, Args...);
5511 return RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, Diagnoser);
5514 void DiagnoseAbstractType(const CXXRecordDecl *RD);
5516 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5517 // C++ Overloaded Operators [C++ 13.5]
5520 bool CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5522 bool CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(FunctionDecl *FnDecl);
5524 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5525 // C++ Templates [C++ 14]
5527 void FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5528 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5529 bool hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(LookupResult &R,
5530 bool AllowFunctionTemplates = true);
5532 void LookupTemplateName(LookupResult &R, Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5533 QualType ObjectType, bool EnteringContext,
5534 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5536 TemplateNameKind isTemplateName(Scope *S,
5538 bool hasTemplateKeyword,
5539 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5540 ParsedType ObjectType,
5541 bool EnteringContext,
5542 TemplateTy &Template,
5543 bool &MemberOfUnknownSpecialization);
5545 bool DiagnoseUnknownTemplateName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
5546 SourceLocation IILoc,
5548 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
5549 TemplateTy &SuggestedTemplate,
5550 TemplateNameKind &SuggestedKind);
5552 void DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *PrevDecl);
5553 TemplateDecl *AdjustDeclIfTemplate(Decl *&Decl);
5555 Decl *ActOnTypeParameter(Scope *S, bool Typename,
5556 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5557 SourceLocation KeyLoc,
5558 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5559 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5560 unsigned Depth, unsigned Position,
5561 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5562 ParsedType DefaultArg);
5564 QualType CheckNonTypeTemplateParameterType(QualType T, SourceLocation Loc);
5565 Decl *ActOnNonTypeTemplateParameter(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5568 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5570 Decl *ActOnTemplateTemplateParameter(Scope *S,
5571 SourceLocation TmpLoc,
5572 TemplateParameterList *Params,
5573 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
5574 IdentifierInfo *ParamName,
5575 SourceLocation ParamNameLoc,
5578 SourceLocation EqualLoc,
5579 ParsedTemplateArgument DefaultArg);
5581 TemplateParameterList *
5582 ActOnTemplateParameterList(unsigned Depth,
5583 SourceLocation ExportLoc,
5584 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5585 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5586 ArrayRef<Decl *> Params,
5587 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5589 /// \brief The context in which we are checking a template parameter list.
5590 enum TemplateParamListContext {
5593 TPC_FunctionTemplate,
5594 TPC_ClassTemplateMember,
5595 TPC_FriendClassTemplate,
5596 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate,
5597 TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition,
5598 TPC_TypeAliasTemplate
5601 bool CheckTemplateParameterList(TemplateParameterList *NewParams,
5602 TemplateParameterList *OldParams,
5603 TemplateParamListContext TPC);
5604 TemplateParameterList *MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5605 SourceLocation DeclStartLoc, SourceLocation DeclLoc,
5606 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId,
5607 ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *> ParamLists,
5608 bool IsFriend, bool &IsExplicitSpecialization, bool &Invalid);
5610 DeclResult CheckClassTemplate(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5611 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5612 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
5613 AttributeList *Attr,
5614 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5616 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5617 SourceLocation FriendLoc,
5618 unsigned NumOuterTemplateParamLists,
5619 TemplateParameterList **OuterTemplateParamLists,
5620 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5622 void translateTemplateArguments(const ASTTemplateArgsPtr &In,
5623 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Out);
5625 void NoteAllFoundTemplates(TemplateName Name);
5627 QualType CheckTemplateIdType(TemplateName Template,
5628 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5629 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5632 ActOnTemplateIdType(CXXScopeSpec &SS, SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5633 TemplateTy Template, SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5634 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5635 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5636 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5637 bool IsCtorOrDtorName = false);
5639 /// \brief Parsed an elaborated-type-specifier that refers to a template-id,
5640 /// such as \c class T::template apply<U>.
5641 TypeResult ActOnTagTemplateIdType(TagUseKind TUK,
5642 TypeSpecifierType TagSpec,
5643 SourceLocation TagLoc,
5645 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5646 TemplateTy TemplateD,
5647 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5648 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5649 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsIn,
5650 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5652 DeclResult ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5653 Scope *S, Declarator &D, TypeSourceInfo *DI,
5654 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams,
5655 StorageClass SC, bool IsPartialSpecialization);
5657 DeclResult CheckVarTemplateId(VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5658 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5659 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5660 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs);
5662 ExprResult CheckVarTemplateId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5663 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5664 VarTemplateDecl *Template,
5665 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5666 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5668 ExprResult BuildTemplateIdExpr(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5669 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5672 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5674 ExprResult BuildQualifiedTemplateIdExpr(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5675 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5676 const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
5677 const TemplateArgumentListInfo *TemplateArgs);
5679 TemplateNameKind ActOnDependentTemplateName(Scope *S,
5681 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc,
5682 UnqualifiedId &Name,
5683 ParsedType ObjectType,
5684 bool EnteringContext,
5685 TemplateTy &Template);
5688 ActOnClassTemplateSpecialization(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
5689 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5690 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
5691 TemplateIdAnnotation &TemplateId,
5692 AttributeList *Attr,
5693 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5694 SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody = nullptr);
5696 Decl *ActOnTemplateDeclarator(Scope *S,
5697 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
5701 CheckSpecializationInstantiationRedecl(SourceLocation NewLoc,
5702 TemplateSpecializationKind NewTSK,
5703 NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
5704 TemplateSpecializationKind PrevTSK,
5705 SourceLocation PrevPtOfInstantiation,
5708 bool CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5709 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5710 LookupResult &Previous);
5712 bool CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(FunctionDecl *FD,
5713 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
5714 LookupResult &Previous);
5715 bool CheckMemberSpecialization(NamedDecl *Member, LookupResult &Previous);
5718 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5719 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5720 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5722 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5723 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5724 TemplateTy Template,
5725 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5726 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5727 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5728 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5729 AttributeList *Attr);
5732 ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5733 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5734 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5736 SourceLocation KWLoc,
5738 IdentifierInfo *Name,
5739 SourceLocation NameLoc,
5740 AttributeList *Attr);
5742 DeclResult ActOnExplicitInstantiation(Scope *S,
5743 SourceLocation ExternLoc,
5744 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5748 SubstDefaultTemplateArgumentIfAvailable(TemplateDecl *Template,
5749 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5750 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5752 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument>
5754 bool &HasDefaultArg);
5756 /// \brief Specifies the context in which a particular template
5757 /// argument is being checked.
5758 enum CheckTemplateArgumentKind {
5759 /// \brief The template argument was specified in the code or was
5760 /// instantiated with some deduced template arguments.
5763 /// \brief The template argument was deduced via template argument
5767 /// \brief The template argument was deduced from an array bound
5768 /// via template argument deduction.
5769 CTAK_DeducedFromArrayBound
5772 bool CheckTemplateArgument(NamedDecl *Param,
5773 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5774 NamedDecl *Template,
5775 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5776 SourceLocation RAngleLoc,
5777 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex,
5778 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
5779 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5781 /// \brief Check that the given template arguments can be be provided to
5782 /// the given template, converting the arguments along the way.
5784 /// \param Template The template to which the template arguments are being
5787 /// \param TemplateLoc The location of the template name in the source.
5789 /// \param TemplateArgs The list of template arguments. If the template is
5790 /// a template template parameter, this function may extend the set of
5791 /// template arguments to also include substituted, defaulted template
5794 /// \param PartialTemplateArgs True if the list of template arguments is
5795 /// intentionally partial, e.g., because we're checking just the initial
5796 /// set of template arguments.
5798 /// \param Converted Will receive the converted, canonicalized template
5801 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
5802 bool CheckTemplateArgumentList(TemplateDecl *Template,
5803 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5804 TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgs,
5805 bool PartialTemplateArgs,
5806 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5808 bool CheckTemplateTypeArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5809 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5810 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted);
5812 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTypeParmDecl *Param,
5813 TypeSourceInfo *Arg);
5814 ExprResult CheckTemplateArgument(NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5815 QualType InstantiatedParamType, Expr *Arg,
5816 TemplateArgument &Converted,
5817 CheckTemplateArgumentKind CTAK = CTAK_Specified);
5818 bool CheckTemplateArgument(TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
5819 TemplateArgumentLoc &Arg,
5820 unsigned ArgumentPackIndex);
5823 BuildExpressionFromDeclTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5825 SourceLocation Loc);
5827 BuildExpressionFromIntegralTemplateArgument(const TemplateArgument &Arg,
5828 SourceLocation Loc);
5830 /// \brief Enumeration describing how template parameter lists are compared
5832 enum TemplateParameterListEqualKind {
5833 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two templates
5834 /// that might be redeclarations.
5837 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5838 /// template<typename T> struct X;
5842 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of two template
5843 /// template parameters as part of matching the template parameter lists
5844 /// of two templates that might be redeclarations.
5847 /// template<template<int I> class TT> struct X;
5848 /// template<template<int Value> class Other> struct X;
5850 TPL_TemplateTemplateParmMatch,
5852 /// \brief We are matching the template parameter lists of a template
5853 /// template argument against the template parameter lists of a template
5854 /// template parameter.
5857 /// template<template<int Value> class Metafun> struct X;
5858 /// template<int Value> struct integer_c;
5859 /// X<integer_c> xic;
5861 TPL_TemplateTemplateArgumentMatch
5864 bool TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(TemplateParameterList *New,
5865 TemplateParameterList *Old,
5867 TemplateParameterListEqualKind Kind,
5868 SourceLocation TemplateArgLoc
5869 = SourceLocation());
5871 bool CheckTemplateDeclScope(Scope *S, TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams);
5873 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5874 /// specifier, e.g., "typename T::type".
5876 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5877 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5878 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5879 /// \param II the identifier we're retrieving (e.g., 'type' in the example).
5880 /// \param IdLoc the location of the identifier.
5882 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5883 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, const IdentifierInfo &II,
5884 SourceLocation IdLoc);
5886 /// \brief Called when the parser has parsed a C++ typename
5887 /// specifier that ends in a template-id, e.g.,
5888 /// "typename MetaFun::template apply<T1, T2>".
5890 /// \param S The scope in which this typename type occurs.
5891 /// \param TypenameLoc the location of the 'typename' keyword
5892 /// \param SS the nested-name-specifier following the typename (e.g., 'T::').
5893 /// \param TemplateLoc the location of the 'template' keyword, if any.
5894 /// \param TemplateName The template name.
5895 /// \param TemplateNameLoc The location of the template name.
5896 /// \param LAngleLoc The location of the opening angle bracket ('<').
5897 /// \param TemplateArgs The template arguments.
5898 /// \param RAngleLoc The location of the closing angle bracket ('>').
5900 ActOnTypenameType(Scope *S, SourceLocation TypenameLoc,
5901 const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
5902 SourceLocation TemplateLoc,
5903 TemplateTy TemplateName,
5904 SourceLocation TemplateNameLoc,
5905 SourceLocation LAngleLoc,
5906 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgs,
5907 SourceLocation RAngleLoc);
5909 QualType CheckTypenameType(ElaboratedTypeKeyword Keyword,
5910 SourceLocation KeywordLoc,
5911 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc,
5912 const IdentifierInfo &II,
5913 SourceLocation IILoc);
5915 TypeSourceInfo *RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TypeSourceInfo *T,
5917 DeclarationName Name);
5918 bool RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(CXXScopeSpec &SS);
5920 ExprResult RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(Expr *E);
5921 bool RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(
5922 TemplateParameterList *Params);
5925 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5926 const TemplateArgumentList &Args);
5929 getTemplateArgumentBindingsText(const TemplateParameterList *Params,
5930 const TemplateArgument *Args,
5933 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5934 // C++ Variadic Templates (C++0x [temp.variadic])
5935 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5937 /// Determine whether an unexpanded parameter pack might be permitted in this
5938 /// location. Useful for error recovery.
5939 bool isUnexpandedParameterPackPermitted();
5941 /// \brief The context in which an unexpanded parameter pack is
5942 /// being diagnosed.
5944 /// Note that the values of this enumeration line up with the first
5945 /// argument to the \c err_unexpanded_parameter_pack diagnostic.
5946 enum UnexpandedParameterPackContext {
5947 /// \brief An arbitrary expression.
5948 UPPC_Expression = 0,
5950 /// \brief The base type of a class type.
5953 /// \brief The type of an arbitrary declaration.
5954 UPPC_DeclarationType,
5956 /// \brief The type of a data member.
5957 UPPC_DataMemberType,
5959 /// \brief The size of a bit-field.
5962 /// \brief The expression in a static assertion.
5963 UPPC_StaticAssertExpression,
5965 /// \brief The fixed underlying type of an enumeration.
5966 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType,
5968 /// \brief The enumerator value.
5969 UPPC_EnumeratorValue,
5971 /// \brief A using declaration.
5972 UPPC_UsingDeclaration,
5974 /// \brief A friend declaration.
5975 UPPC_FriendDeclaration,
5977 /// \brief A declaration qualifier.
5978 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier,
5980 /// \brief An initializer.
5983 /// \brief A default argument.
5984 UPPC_DefaultArgument,
5986 /// \brief The type of a non-type template parameter.
5987 UPPC_NonTypeTemplateParameterType,
5989 /// \brief The type of an exception.
5992 /// \brief Partial specialization.
5993 UPPC_PartialSpecialization,
5995 /// \brief Microsoft __if_exists.
5998 /// \brief Microsoft __if_not_exists.
6001 /// \brief Lambda expression.
6004 /// \brief Block expression,
6008 /// \brief Diagnose unexpanded parameter packs.
6010 /// \param Loc The location at which we should emit the diagnostic.
6012 /// \param UPPC The context in which we are diagnosing unexpanded
6013 /// parameter packs.
6015 /// \param Unexpanded the set of unexpanded parameter packs.
6017 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6018 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(SourceLocation Loc,
6019 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC,
6020 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded);
6022 /// \brief If the given type contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6023 /// diagnose the error.
6025 /// \param Loc The source location where a diagnostc should be emitted.
6027 /// \param T The type that is being checked for unexpanded parameter
6030 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6031 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc, TypeSourceInfo *T,
6032 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6034 /// \brief If the given expression contains an unexpanded parameter
6035 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6037 /// \param E The expression that is being checked for unexpanded
6038 /// parameter packs.
6040 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6041 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Expr *E,
6042 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC = UPPC_Expression);
6044 /// \brief If the given nested-name-specifier contains an unexpanded
6045 /// parameter pack, diagnose the error.
6047 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that is being checked for
6048 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6050 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6051 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6052 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6054 /// \brief If the given name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6055 /// diagnose the error.
6057 /// \param NameInfo The name (with source location information) that
6058 /// is being checked for unexpanded parameter packs.
6060 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6061 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6062 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6064 /// \brief If the given template name contains an unexpanded parameter pack,
6065 /// diagnose the error.
6067 /// \param Loc The location of the template name.
6069 /// \param Template The template name that is being checked for unexpanded
6070 /// parameter packs.
6072 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6073 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(SourceLocation Loc,
6074 TemplateName Template,
6075 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6077 /// \brief If the given template argument contains an unexpanded parameter
6078 /// pack, diagnose the error.
6080 /// \param Arg The template argument that is being checked for unexpanded
6081 /// parameter packs.
6083 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
6084 bool DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6085 UnexpandedParameterPackContext UPPC);
6087 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6088 /// template argument.
6090 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6091 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6092 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgument Arg,
6093 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6095 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6096 /// template argument.
6098 /// \param Arg The template argument that will be traversed to find
6099 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6100 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TemplateArgumentLoc Arg,
6101 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6103 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6106 /// \param T The type that will be traversed to find
6107 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6108 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(QualType T,
6109 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6111 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6114 /// \param TL The type that will be traversed to find
6115 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6116 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TypeLoc TL,
6117 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6119 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6120 /// nested-name-specifier.
6122 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier that will be traversed to find
6123 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6124 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(CXXScopeSpec &SS,
6125 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6127 /// \brief Collect the set of unexpanded parameter packs within the given
6130 /// \param NameInfo The name that will be traversed to find
6131 /// unexpanded parameter packs.
6132 void collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
6133 SmallVectorImpl<UnexpandedParameterPack> &Unexpanded);
6135 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a template argument followed by an
6136 /// ellipsis, which creates a pack expansion.
6138 /// \param Arg The template argument preceding the ellipsis, which
6139 /// may already be invalid.
6141 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6142 ParsedTemplateArgument ActOnPackExpansion(const ParsedTemplateArgument &Arg,
6143 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6145 /// \brief Invoked when parsing a type followed by an ellipsis, which
6146 /// creates a pack expansion.
6148 /// \param Type The type preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6149 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6151 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6152 TypeResult ActOnPackExpansion(ParsedType Type, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6154 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6156 TypeSourceInfo *CheckPackExpansion(TypeSourceInfo *Pattern,
6157 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6158 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6160 /// \brief Construct a pack expansion type from the pattern of the pack
6162 QualType CheckPackExpansion(QualType Pattern,
6163 SourceRange PatternRange,
6164 SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6165 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6167 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6168 /// creates a pack expansion.
6170 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6171 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6173 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6174 ExprResult ActOnPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc);
6176 /// \brief Invoked when parsing an expression followed by an ellipsis, which
6177 /// creates a pack expansion.
6179 /// \param Pattern The expression preceding the ellipsis, which will become
6180 /// the pattern of the pack expansion.
6182 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis.
6183 ExprResult CheckPackExpansion(Expr *Pattern, SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6184 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions);
6186 /// \brief Determine whether we could expand a pack expansion with the
6187 /// given set of parameter packs into separate arguments by repeatedly
6188 /// transforming the pattern.
6190 /// \param EllipsisLoc The location of the ellipsis that identifies the
6193 /// \param PatternRange The source range that covers the entire pattern of
6194 /// the pack expansion.
6196 /// \param Unexpanded The set of unexpanded parameter packs within the
6199 /// \param ShouldExpand Will be set to \c true if the transformer should
6200 /// expand the corresponding pack expansions into separate arguments. When
6201 /// set, \c NumExpansions must also be set.
6203 /// \param RetainExpansion Whether the caller should add an unexpanded
6204 /// pack expansion after all of the expanded arguments. This is used
6205 /// when extending explicitly-specified template argument packs per
6206 /// C++0x [temp.arg.explicit]p9.
6208 /// \param NumExpansions The number of separate arguments that will be in
6209 /// the expanded form of the corresponding pack expansion. This is both an
6210 /// input and an output parameter, which can be set by the caller if the
6211 /// number of expansions is known a priori (e.g., due to a prior substitution)
6212 /// and will be set by the callee when the number of expansions is known.
6213 /// The callee must set this value when \c ShouldExpand is \c true; it may
6214 /// set this value in other cases.
6216 /// \returns true if an error occurred (e.g., because the parameter packs
6217 /// are to be instantiated with arguments of different lengths), false
6218 /// otherwise. If false, \c ShouldExpand (and possibly \c NumExpansions)
6220 bool CheckParameterPacksForExpansion(SourceLocation EllipsisLoc,
6221 SourceRange PatternRange,
6222 ArrayRef<UnexpandedParameterPack> Unexpanded,
6223 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6225 bool &RetainExpansion,
6226 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions);
6228 /// \brief Determine the number of arguments in the given pack expansion
6231 /// This routine assumes that the number of arguments in the expansion is
6232 /// consistent across all of the unexpanded parameter packs in its pattern.
6234 /// Returns an empty Optional if the type can't be expanded.
6235 Optional<unsigned> getNumArgumentsInExpansion(QualType T,
6236 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6238 /// \brief Determine whether the given declarator contains any unexpanded
6239 /// parameter packs.
6241 /// This routine is used by the parser to disambiguate function declarators
6242 /// with an ellipsis prior to the ')', e.g.,
6248 /// To determine whether we have an (unnamed) function parameter pack or
6249 /// a variadic function.
6251 /// \returns true if the declarator contains any unexpanded parameter packs,
6252 /// false otherwise.
6253 bool containsUnexpandedParameterPacks(Declarator &D);
6255 /// \brief Returns the pattern of the pack expansion for a template argument.
6257 /// \param OrigLoc The template argument to expand.
6259 /// \param Ellipsis Will be set to the location of the ellipsis.
6261 /// \param NumExpansions Will be set to the number of expansions that will
6262 /// be generated from this pack expansion, if known a priori.
6263 TemplateArgumentLoc getTemplateArgumentPackExpansionPattern(
6264 TemplateArgumentLoc OrigLoc,
6265 SourceLocation &Ellipsis,
6266 Optional<unsigned> &NumExpansions) const;
6268 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6269 // C++ Template Argument Deduction (C++ [temp.deduct])
6270 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6272 QualType adjustCCAndNoReturn(QualType ArgFunctionType, QualType FunctionType);
6274 /// \brief Describes the result of template argument deduction.
6276 /// The TemplateDeductionResult enumeration describes the result of
6277 /// template argument deduction, as returned from
6278 /// DeduceTemplateArguments(). The separate TemplateDeductionInfo
6279 /// structure provides additional information about the results of
6280 /// template argument deduction, e.g., the deduced template argument
6281 /// list (if successful) or the specific template parameters or
6282 /// deduced arguments that were involved in the failure.
6283 enum TemplateDeductionResult {
6284 /// \brief Template argument deduction was successful.
6286 /// \brief The declaration was invalid; do nothing.
6288 /// \brief Template argument deduction exceeded the maximum template
6289 /// instantiation depth (which has already been diagnosed).
6290 TDK_InstantiationDepth,
6291 /// \brief Template argument deduction did not deduce a value
6292 /// for every template parameter.
6294 /// \brief Template argument deduction produced inconsistent
6295 /// deduced values for the given template parameter.
6297 /// \brief Template argument deduction failed due to inconsistent
6298 /// cv-qualifiers on a template parameter type that would
6299 /// otherwise be deduced, e.g., we tried to deduce T in "const T"
6300 /// but were given a non-const "X".
6302 /// \brief Substitution of the deduced template argument values
6303 /// resulted in an error.
6304 TDK_SubstitutionFailure,
6305 /// \brief A non-depnedent component of the parameter did not match the
6306 /// corresponding component of the argument.
6307 TDK_NonDeducedMismatch,
6308 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6309 /// template, there were too many call arguments.
6310 TDK_TooManyArguments,
6311 /// \brief When performing template argument deduction for a function
6312 /// template, there were too few call arguments.
6313 TDK_TooFewArguments,
6314 /// \brief The explicitly-specified template arguments were not valid
6315 /// template arguments for the given template.
6316 TDK_InvalidExplicitArguments,
6317 /// \brief The arguments included an overloaded function name that could
6318 /// not be resolved to a suitable function.
6319 TDK_FailedOverloadResolution,
6320 /// \brief Deduction failed; that's all we know.
6321 TDK_MiscellaneousDeductionFailure
6324 TemplateDeductionResult
6325 DeduceTemplateArguments(ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6326 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6327 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6329 TemplateDeductionResult
6330 DeduceTemplateArguments(VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *Partial,
6331 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6332 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6334 TemplateDeductionResult SubstituteExplicitTemplateArguments(
6335 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6336 TemplateArgumentListInfo &ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6337 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6338 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes, QualType *FunctionType,
6339 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6341 /// brief A function argument from which we performed template argument
6342 // deduction for a call.
6343 struct OriginalCallArg {
6344 OriginalCallArg(QualType OriginalParamType,
6346 QualType OriginalArgType)
6347 : OriginalParamType(OriginalParamType), ArgIdx(ArgIdx),
6348 OriginalArgType(OriginalArgType) { }
6350 QualType OriginalParamType;
6352 QualType OriginalArgType;
6355 TemplateDeductionResult
6356 FinishTemplateArgumentDeduction(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6357 SmallVectorImpl<DeducedTemplateArgument> &Deduced,
6358 unsigned NumExplicitlySpecified,
6359 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6360 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6361 SmallVectorImpl<OriginalCallArg> const *OriginalCallArgs = nullptr,
6362 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6364 TemplateDeductionResult
6365 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6366 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6367 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
6368 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6369 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6370 bool PartialOverloading = false);
6372 TemplateDeductionResult
6373 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6374 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6375 QualType ArgFunctionType,
6376 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6377 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6378 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6380 TemplateDeductionResult
6381 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6383 CXXConversionDecl *&Specialization,
6384 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
6386 TemplateDeductionResult
6387 DeduceTemplateArguments(FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6388 TemplateArgumentListInfo *ExplicitTemplateArgs,
6389 FunctionDecl *&Specialization,
6390 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info,
6391 bool InOverloadResolution = false);
6393 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for \p auto in \p TypeWithAuto
6394 QualType SubstAutoType(QualType TypeWithAuto, QualType Replacement);
6395 /// \brief Substitute Replacement for auto in TypeWithAuto
6396 TypeSourceInfo* SubstAutoTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TypeWithAuto,
6397 QualType Replacement);
6399 /// \brief Result type of DeduceAutoType.
6400 enum DeduceAutoResult {
6403 DAR_FailedAlreadyDiagnosed
6406 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeSourceInfo *AutoType, Expr *&Initializer,
6408 DeduceAutoResult DeduceAutoType(TypeLoc AutoTypeLoc, Expr *&Initializer,
6410 void DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VarDecl *VDecl, Expr *Init);
6411 bool DeduceReturnType(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc,
6412 bool Diagnose = true);
6414 QualType deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl, DeclarationName Name,
6415 QualType Type, TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
6416 SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
6419 TypeLoc getReturnTypeLoc(FunctionDecl *FD) const;
6421 bool DeduceFunctionTypeFromReturnExpr(FunctionDecl *FD,
6422 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
6423 Expr *&RetExpr, AutoType *AT);
6425 FunctionTemplateDecl *getMoreSpecializedTemplate(FunctionTemplateDecl *FT1,
6426 FunctionTemplateDecl *FT2,
6428 TemplatePartialOrderingContext TPOC,
6429 unsigned NumCallArguments1,
6430 unsigned NumCallArguments2);
6431 UnresolvedSetIterator
6432 getMostSpecialized(UnresolvedSetIterator SBegin, UnresolvedSetIterator SEnd,
6433 TemplateSpecCandidateSet &FailedCandidates,
6435 const PartialDiagnostic &NoneDiag,
6436 const PartialDiagnostic &AmbigDiag,
6437 const PartialDiagnostic &CandidateDiag,
6438 bool Complain = true, QualType TargetType = QualType());
6440 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *
6441 getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6442 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6443 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2,
6444 SourceLocation Loc);
6446 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *getMoreSpecializedPartialSpecialization(
6447 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS1,
6448 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS2, SourceLocation Loc);
6450 void MarkUsedTemplateParameters(const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6453 llvm::SmallBitVector &Used);
6454 void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(
6455 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6456 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced) {
6457 return MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(Context, FunctionTemplate, Deduced);
6459 static void MarkDeducedTemplateParameters(ASTContext &Ctx,
6460 const FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6461 llvm::SmallBitVector &Deduced);
6463 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6464 // C++ Template Instantiation
6467 MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList
6468 getTemplateInstantiationArgs(NamedDecl *D,
6469 const TemplateArgumentList *Innermost = nullptr,
6470 bool RelativeToPrimary = false,
6471 const FunctionDecl *Pattern = nullptr);
6473 /// \brief A template instantiation that is currently in progress.
6474 struct ActiveTemplateInstantiation {
6475 /// \brief The kind of template instantiation we are performing
6476 enum InstantiationKind {
6477 /// We are instantiating a template declaration. The entity is
6478 /// the declaration we're instantiating (e.g., a CXXRecordDecl).
6479 TemplateInstantiation,
6481 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a template
6482 /// parameter. The Entity is the template, and
6483 /// TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArguments provides the template
6484 /// arguments as specified.
6485 /// FIXME: Use a TemplateArgumentList
6486 DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation,
6488 /// We are instantiating a default argument for a function.
6489 /// The Entity is the ParmVarDecl, and TemplateArgs/NumTemplateArgs
6490 /// provides the template arguments as specified.
6491 DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation,
6493 /// We are substituting explicit template arguments provided for
6494 /// a function template. The entity is a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6495 ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6497 /// We are substituting template argument determined as part of
6498 /// template argument deduction for either a class template
6499 /// partial specialization or a function template. The
6500 /// Entity is either a ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl or
6501 /// a FunctionTemplateDecl.
6502 DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6504 /// We are substituting prior template arguments into a new
6505 /// template parameter. The template parameter itself is either a
6506 /// NonTypeTemplateParmDecl or a TemplateTemplateParmDecl.
6507 PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution,
6509 /// We are checking the validity of a default template argument that
6510 /// has been used when naming a template-id.
6511 DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking,
6513 /// We are instantiating the exception specification for a function
6514 /// template which was deferred until it was needed.
6515 ExceptionSpecInstantiation
6518 /// \brief The point of instantiation within the source code.
6519 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation;
6521 /// \brief The template (or partial specialization) in which we are
6522 /// performing the instantiation, for substitutions of prior template
6524 NamedDecl *Template;
6526 /// \brief The entity that is being instantiated.
6529 /// \brief The list of template arguments we are substituting, if they
6530 /// are not part of the entity.
6531 const TemplateArgument *TemplateArgs;
6533 /// \brief The number of template arguments in TemplateArgs.
6534 unsigned NumTemplateArgs;
6536 /// \brief The template deduction info object associated with the
6537 /// substitution or checking of explicit or deduced template arguments.
6538 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo;
6540 /// \brief The source range that covers the construct that cause
6541 /// the instantiation, e.g., the template-id that causes a class
6542 /// template instantiation.
6543 SourceRange InstantiationRange;
6545 ActiveTemplateInstantiation()
6546 : Kind(TemplateInstantiation), Template(nullptr), Entity(nullptr),
6547 TemplateArgs(nullptr), NumTemplateArgs(0), DeductionInfo(nullptr) {}
6549 /// \brief Determines whether this template is an actual instantiation
6550 /// that should be counted toward the maximum instantiation depth.
6551 bool isInstantiationRecord() const;
6553 friend bool operator==(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6554 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6555 if (X.Kind != Y.Kind)
6558 if (X.Entity != Y.Entity)
6562 case TemplateInstantiation:
6563 case ExceptionSpecInstantiation:
6566 case PriorTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6567 case DefaultTemplateArgumentChecking:
6568 return X.Template == Y.Template && X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6570 case DefaultTemplateArgumentInstantiation:
6571 case ExplicitTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6572 case DeducedTemplateArgumentSubstitution:
6573 case DefaultFunctionArgumentInstantiation:
6574 return X.TemplateArgs == Y.TemplateArgs;
6578 llvm_unreachable("Invalid InstantiationKind!");
6581 friend bool operator!=(const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &X,
6582 const ActiveTemplateInstantiation &Y) {
6587 /// \brief List of active template instantiations.
6589 /// This vector is treated as a stack. As one template instantiation
6590 /// requires another template instantiation, additional
6591 /// instantiations are pushed onto the stack up to a
6592 /// user-configurable limit LangOptions::InstantiationDepth.
6593 SmallVector<ActiveTemplateInstantiation, 16>
6594 ActiveTemplateInstantiations;
6596 /// \brief Extra modules inspected when performing a lookup during a template
6597 /// instantiation. Computed lazily.
6598 SmallVector<Module*, 16> ActiveTemplateInstantiationLookupModules;
6600 /// \brief Cache of additional modules that should be used for name lookup
6601 /// within the current template instantiation. Computed lazily; use
6602 /// getLookupModules() to get a complete set.
6603 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> LookupModulesCache;
6605 /// \brief Get the set of additional modules that should be checked during
6606 /// name lookup. A module and its imports become visible when instanting a
6607 /// template defined within it.
6608 llvm::DenseSet<Module*> &getLookupModules();
6610 /// \brief Whether we are in a SFINAE context that is not associated with
6611 /// template instantiation.
6613 /// This is used when setting up a SFINAE trap (\c see SFINAETrap) outside
6614 /// of a template instantiation or template argument deduction.
6615 bool InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6617 /// \brief The number of ActiveTemplateInstantiation entries in
6618 /// \c ActiveTemplateInstantiations that are not actual instantiations and,
6619 /// therefore, should not be counted as part of the instantiation depth.
6620 unsigned NonInstantiationEntries;
6622 /// \brief The last template from which a template instantiation
6623 /// error or warning was produced.
6625 /// This value is used to suppress printing of redundant template
6626 /// instantiation backtraces when there are multiple errors in the
6627 /// same instantiation. FIXME: Does this belong in Sema? It's tough
6628 /// to implement it anywhere else.
6629 ActiveTemplateInstantiation LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext;
6631 /// \brief The current index into pack expansion arguments that will be
6632 /// used for substitution of parameter packs.
6634 /// The pack expansion index will be -1 to indicate that parameter packs
6635 /// should be instantiated as themselves. Otherwise, the index specifies
6636 /// which argument within the parameter pack will be used for substitution.
6637 int ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex;
6639 /// \brief RAII object used to change the argument pack substitution index
6640 /// within a \c Sema object.
6642 /// See \c ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex for more information.
6643 class ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII {
6645 int OldSubstitutionIndex;
6648 ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII(Sema &Self, int NewSubstitutionIndex)
6649 : Self(Self), OldSubstitutionIndex(Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex) {
6650 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = NewSubstitutionIndex;
6653 ~ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndexRAII() {
6654 Self.ArgumentPackSubstitutionIndex = OldSubstitutionIndex;
6658 friend class ArgumentPackSubstitutionRAII;
6660 /// \brief For each declaration that involved template argument deduction, the
6661 /// set of diagnostics that were suppressed during that template argument
6664 /// FIXME: Serialize this structure to the AST file.
6665 typedef llvm::DenseMap<Decl *, SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 1> >
6666 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap;
6667 SuppressedDiagnosticsMap SuppressedDiagnostics;
6669 /// \brief A stack object to be created when performing template
6672 /// Construction of an object of type \c InstantiatingTemplate
6673 /// pushes the current instantiation onto the stack of active
6674 /// instantiations. If the size of this stack exceeds the maximum
6675 /// number of recursive template instantiations, construction
6676 /// produces an error and evaluates true.
6678 /// Destruction of this object will pop the named instantiation off
6680 struct InstantiatingTemplate {
6681 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a class template,
6682 /// function template, variable template, alias template,
6683 /// or a member thereof.
6684 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6686 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6688 struct ExceptionSpecification {};
6689 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating an exception specification
6690 /// of a function template.
6691 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6692 FunctionDecl *Entity, ExceptionSpecification,
6693 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6695 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6697 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6698 TemplateDecl *Template,
6699 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6700 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6702 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument in a
6704 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6705 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate,
6706 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6707 ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6708 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6709 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6711 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6712 /// argument deduction for a class template partial
6714 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6715 ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6716 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6717 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6718 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6720 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating as part of template
6721 /// argument deduction for a variable template partial
6723 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6724 VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PartialSpec,
6725 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6726 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &DeductionInfo,
6727 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6729 /// \brief Note that we are instantiating a default argument for a function
6731 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6733 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6734 SourceRange InstantiationRange = SourceRange());
6736 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6737 /// non-type parameter.
6738 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6739 NamedDecl *Template,
6740 NonTypeTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6741 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6742 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6744 /// \brief Note that we are substituting prior template arguments into a
6745 /// template template parameter.
6746 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6747 NamedDecl *Template,
6748 TemplateTemplateParmDecl *Param,
6749 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6750 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6752 /// \brief Note that we are checking the default template argument
6753 /// against the template parameter for a given template-id.
6754 InstantiatingTemplate(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6755 TemplateDecl *Template,
6757 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs,
6758 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6761 /// \brief Note that we have finished instantiating this template.
6764 ~InstantiatingTemplate() { Clear(); }
6766 /// \brief Determines whether we have exceeded the maximum
6767 /// recursive template instantiations.
6768 bool isInvalid() const { return Invalid; }
6773 bool SavedInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6774 bool CheckInstantiationDepth(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
6775 SourceRange InstantiationRange);
6777 InstantiatingTemplate(
6778 Sema &SemaRef, ActiveTemplateInstantiation::InstantiationKind Kind,
6779 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, SourceRange InstantiationRange,
6780 Decl *Entity, NamedDecl *Template = nullptr,
6781 ArrayRef<TemplateArgument> TemplateArgs = None,
6782 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *DeductionInfo = nullptr);
6784 InstantiatingTemplate(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6786 InstantiatingTemplate&
6787 operator=(const InstantiatingTemplate&) = delete;
6790 void PrintInstantiationStack();
6792 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context where
6793 /// template argument substitution failures are not considered
6796 /// \returns An empty \c Optional if we're not in a SFINAE context.
6797 /// Otherwise, contains a pointer that, if non-NULL, contains the nearest
6798 /// template-deduction context object, which can be used to capture
6799 /// diagnostics that will be suppressed.
6800 Optional<sema::TemplateDeductionInfo *> isSFINAEContext() const;
6802 /// \brief Determines whether we are currently in a context that
6803 /// is not evaluated as per C++ [expr] p5.
6804 bool isUnevaluatedContext() const {
6805 assert(!ExprEvalContexts.empty() &&
6806 "Must be in an expression evaluation context");
6807 return ExprEvalContexts.back().isUnevaluated();
6810 /// \brief RAII class used to determine whether SFINAE has
6811 /// trapped any errors that occur during template argument
6815 unsigned PrevSFINAEErrors;
6816 bool PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6817 bool PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6820 explicit SFINAETrap(Sema &SemaRef, bool AccessCheckingSFINAE = false)
6821 : SemaRef(SemaRef), PrevSFINAEErrors(SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors),
6822 PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext(
6823 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext),
6824 PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE(SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE)
6826 if (!SemaRef.isSFINAEContext())
6827 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext = true;
6828 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = AccessCheckingSFINAE;
6832 SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors = PrevSFINAEErrors;
6833 SemaRef.InNonInstantiationSFINAEContext
6834 = PrevInNonInstantiationSFINAEContext;
6835 SemaRef.AccessCheckingSFINAE = PrevAccessCheckingSFINAE;
6838 /// \brief Determine whether any SFINAE errors have been trapped.
6839 bool hasErrorOccurred() const {
6840 return SemaRef.NumSFINAEErrors > PrevSFINAEErrors;
6844 /// \brief RAII class used to indicate that we are performing provisional
6845 /// semantic analysis to determine the validity of a construct, so
6846 /// typo-correction and diagnostics in the immediate context (not within
6847 /// implicitly-instantiated templates) should be suppressed.
6848 class TentativeAnalysisScope {
6850 // FIXME: Using a SFINAETrap for this is a hack.
6852 bool PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6854 explicit TentativeAnalysisScope(Sema &SemaRef)
6855 : SemaRef(SemaRef), Trap(SemaRef, true),
6856 PrevDisableTypoCorrection(SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection) {
6857 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true;
6859 ~TentativeAnalysisScope() {
6860 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = PrevDisableTypoCorrection;
6864 /// \brief The current instantiation scope used to store local
6866 LocalInstantiationScope *CurrentInstantiationScope;
6868 /// \brief Tracks whether we are in a context where typo correction is
6870 bool DisableTypoCorrection;
6872 /// \brief The number of typos corrected by CorrectTypo.
6873 unsigned TyposCorrected;
6875 typedef llvm::SmallSet<SourceLocation, 2> SrcLocSet;
6876 typedef llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo *, SrcLocSet> IdentifierSourceLocations;
6878 /// \brief A cache containing identifiers for which typo correction failed and
6879 /// their locations, so that repeated attempts to correct an identifier in a
6880 /// given location are ignored if typo correction already failed for it.
6881 IdentifierSourceLocations TypoCorrectionFailures;
6883 /// \brief Worker object for performing CFG-based warnings.
6884 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings AnalysisWarnings;
6885 threadSafety::BeforeSet *ThreadSafetyDeclCache;
6887 /// \brief An entity for which implicit template instantiation is required.
6889 /// The source location associated with the declaration is the first place in
6890 /// the source code where the declaration was "used". It is not necessarily
6891 /// the point of instantiation (which will be either before or after the
6892 /// namespace-scope declaration that triggered this implicit instantiation),
6893 /// However, it is the location that diagnostics should generally refer to,
6894 /// because users will need to know what code triggered the instantiation.
6895 typedef std::pair<ValueDecl *, SourceLocation> PendingImplicitInstantiation;
6897 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6898 /// but have not yet been performed.
6899 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingInstantiations;
6901 class SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII {
6903 SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII(Sema &S, bool Enabled)
6904 : S(S), Enabled(Enabled) {
6905 if (!Enabled) return;
6907 SavedPendingInstantiations.swap(S.PendingInstantiations);
6908 SavedVTableUses.swap(S.VTableUses);
6911 ~SavePendingInstantiationsAndVTableUsesRAII() {
6912 if (!Enabled) return;
6914 // Restore the set of pending vtables.
6915 assert(S.VTableUses.empty() &&
6916 "VTableUses should be empty before it is discarded.");
6917 S.VTableUses.swap(SavedVTableUses);
6919 // Restore the set of pending implicit instantiations.
6920 assert(S.PendingInstantiations.empty() &&
6921 "PendingInstantiations should be empty before it is discarded.");
6922 S.PendingInstantiations.swap(SavedPendingInstantiations);
6927 SmallVector<VTableUse, 16> SavedVTableUses;
6928 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> SavedPendingInstantiations;
6932 /// \brief The queue of implicit template instantiations that are required
6933 /// and must be performed within the current local scope.
6935 /// This queue is only used for member functions of local classes in
6936 /// templates, which must be instantiated in the same scope as their
6937 /// enclosing function, so that they can reference function-local
6938 /// types, static variables, enumerators, etc.
6939 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation> PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6941 class SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII {
6943 SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII(Sema &S): S(S) {
6944 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6945 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6948 ~SavePendingLocalImplicitInstantiationsRAII() {
6949 assert(S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.empty() &&
6950 "there shouldn't be any pending local implicit instantiations");
6951 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations.swap(
6952 S.PendingLocalImplicitInstantiations);
6957 std::deque<PendingImplicitInstantiation>
6958 SavedPendingLocalImplicitInstantiations;
6961 void PerformPendingInstantiations(bool LocalOnly = false);
6963 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6964 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6965 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6967 QualType SubstType(QualType T,
6968 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6969 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6971 TypeSourceInfo *SubstType(TypeLoc TL,
6972 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6973 SourceLocation Loc, DeclarationName Entity);
6975 TypeSourceInfo *SubstFunctionDeclType(TypeSourceInfo *T,
6976 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6978 DeclarationName Entity,
6979 CXXRecordDecl *ThisContext,
6980 unsigned ThisTypeQuals);
6981 void SubstExceptionSpec(FunctionDecl *New, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
6982 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &Args);
6983 ParmVarDecl *SubstParmVarDecl(ParmVarDecl *D,
6984 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6985 int indexAdjustment,
6986 Optional<unsigned> NumExpansions,
6987 bool ExpectParameterPack);
6988 bool SubstParmTypes(SourceLocation Loc,
6989 ParmVarDecl **Params, unsigned NumParams,
6990 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
6991 SmallVectorImpl<QualType> &ParamTypes,
6992 SmallVectorImpl<ParmVarDecl *> *OutParams = nullptr);
6993 ExprResult SubstExpr(Expr *E,
6994 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
6996 /// \brief Substitute the given template arguments into a list of
6997 /// expressions, expanding pack expansions if required.
6999 /// \param Exprs The list of expressions to substitute into.
7001 /// \param IsCall Whether this is some form of call, in which case
7002 /// default arguments will be dropped.
7004 /// \param TemplateArgs The set of template arguments to substitute.
7006 /// \param Outputs Will receive all of the substituted arguments.
7008 /// \returns true if an error occurred, false otherwise.
7009 bool SubstExprs(ArrayRef<Expr *> Exprs, bool IsCall,
7010 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7011 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &Outputs);
7013 StmtResult SubstStmt(Stmt *S,
7014 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7016 Decl *SubstDecl(Decl *D, DeclContext *Owner,
7017 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7019 ExprResult SubstInitializer(Expr *E,
7020 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7021 bool CXXDirectInit);
7024 SubstBaseSpecifiers(CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7025 CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7026 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7029 InstantiateClass(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7030 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation, CXXRecordDecl *Pattern,
7031 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7032 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7033 bool Complain = true);
7035 bool InstantiateEnum(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7036 EnumDecl *Instantiation, EnumDecl *Pattern,
7037 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7038 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7040 bool InstantiateInClassInitializer(
7041 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, FieldDecl *Instantiation,
7042 FieldDecl *Pattern, const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7044 struct LateInstantiatedAttribute {
7045 const Attr *TmplAttr;
7046 LocalInstantiationScope *Scope;
7049 LateInstantiatedAttribute(const Attr *A, LocalInstantiationScope *S,
7051 : TmplAttr(A), Scope(S), NewDecl(D)
7054 typedef SmallVector<LateInstantiatedAttribute, 16> LateInstantiatedAttrVec;
7056 void InstantiateAttrs(const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7057 const Decl *Pattern, Decl *Inst,
7058 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7059 LocalInstantiationScope *OuterMostScope = nullptr);
7062 InstantiateClassTemplateSpecialization(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7063 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7064 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK,
7065 bool Complain = true);
7067 void InstantiateClassMembers(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7068 CXXRecordDecl *Instantiation,
7069 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7070 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7072 void InstantiateClassTemplateSpecializationMembers(
7073 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7074 ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *ClassTemplateSpec,
7075 TemplateSpecializationKind TSK);
7077 NestedNameSpecifierLoc
7078 SubstNestedNameSpecifierLoc(NestedNameSpecifierLoc NNS,
7079 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7082 SubstDeclarationNameInfo(const DeclarationNameInfo &NameInfo,
7083 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7085 SubstTemplateName(NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc, TemplateName Name,
7087 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7088 bool Subst(const TemplateArgumentLoc *Args, unsigned NumArgs,
7089 TemplateArgumentListInfo &Result,
7090 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7092 void InstantiateExceptionSpec(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7093 FunctionDecl *Function);
7094 void InstantiateFunctionDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7095 FunctionDecl *Function,
7096 bool Recursive = false,
7097 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7098 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *BuildVarTemplateInstantiation(
7099 VarTemplateDecl *VarTemplate, VarDecl *FromVar,
7100 const TemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgList,
7101 const TemplateArgumentListInfo &TemplateArgsInfo,
7102 SmallVectorImpl<TemplateArgument> &Converted,
7103 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation, void *InsertPos,
7104 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs = nullptr,
7105 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope = nullptr);
7106 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *CompleteVarTemplateSpecializationDecl(
7107 VarTemplateSpecializationDecl *VarSpec, VarDecl *PatternDecl,
7108 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7110 BuildVariableInstantiation(VarDecl *NewVar, VarDecl *OldVar,
7111 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs,
7112 LateInstantiatedAttrVec *LateAttrs,
7114 LocalInstantiationScope *StartingScope,
7115 bool InstantiatingVarTemplate = false);
7116 void InstantiateVariableInitializer(
7117 VarDecl *Var, VarDecl *OldVar,
7118 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7119 void InstantiateVariableDefinition(SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7120 VarDecl *Var, bool Recursive = false,
7121 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7122 void InstantiateStaticDataMemberDefinition(
7123 SourceLocation PointOfInstantiation,
7125 bool Recursive = false,
7126 bool DefinitionRequired = false);
7128 void InstantiateMemInitializers(CXXConstructorDecl *New,
7129 const CXXConstructorDecl *Tmpl,
7130 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7132 NamedDecl *FindInstantiatedDecl(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
7133 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7134 DeclContext *FindInstantiatedContext(SourceLocation Loc, DeclContext *DC,
7135 const MultiLevelTemplateArgumentList &TemplateArgs);
7137 // Objective-C declarations.
7138 enum ObjCContainerKind {
7145 OCK_CategoryImplementation
7147 ObjCContainerKind getObjCContainerKind() const;
7149 DeclResult actOnObjCTypeParam(Scope *S,
7150 ObjCTypeParamVariance variance,
7151 SourceLocation varianceLoc,
7153 IdentifierInfo *paramName,
7154 SourceLocation paramLoc,
7155 SourceLocation colonLoc,
7156 ParsedType typeBound);
7158 ObjCTypeParamList *actOnObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7159 ArrayRef<Decl *> typeParams,
7160 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7161 void popObjCTypeParamList(Scope *S, ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList);
7163 Decl *ActOnStartClassInterface(Scope *S,
7164 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7165 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7166 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7167 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7168 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7169 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7170 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7171 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange,
7172 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7173 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7174 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7175 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7176 AttributeList *AttrList);
7178 void ActOnSuperClassOfClassInterface(Scope *S,
7179 SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7180 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl,
7181 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7182 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7183 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7184 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7185 ArrayRef<ParsedType> SuperTypeArgs,
7186 SourceRange SuperTypeArgsRange);
7188 void ActOnTypedefedProtocols(SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &ProtocolRefs,
7189 IdentifierInfo *SuperName,
7190 SourceLocation SuperLoc);
7192 Decl *ActOnCompatibilityAlias(
7193 SourceLocation AtCompatibilityAliasLoc,
7194 IdentifierInfo *AliasName, SourceLocation AliasLocation,
7195 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLocation);
7197 bool CheckForwardProtocolDeclarationForCircularDependency(
7198 IdentifierInfo *PName,
7199 SourceLocation &PLoc, SourceLocation PrevLoc,
7200 const ObjCList<ObjCProtocolDecl> &PList);
7202 Decl *ActOnStartProtocolInterface(
7203 SourceLocation AtProtoInterfaceLoc,
7204 IdentifierInfo *ProtocolName, SourceLocation ProtocolLoc,
7205 Decl * const *ProtoRefNames, unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7206 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7207 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc,
7208 AttributeList *AttrList);
7210 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryInterface(SourceLocation AtInterfaceLoc,
7211 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7212 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7213 ObjCTypeParamList *typeParamList,
7214 IdentifierInfo *CategoryName,
7215 SourceLocation CategoryLoc,
7216 Decl * const *ProtoRefs,
7217 unsigned NumProtoRefs,
7218 const SourceLocation *ProtoLocs,
7219 SourceLocation EndProtoLoc);
7221 Decl *ActOnStartClassImplementation(
7222 SourceLocation AtClassImplLoc,
7223 IdentifierInfo *ClassName, SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7224 IdentifierInfo *SuperClassname,
7225 SourceLocation SuperClassLoc);
7227 Decl *ActOnStartCategoryImplementation(SourceLocation AtCatImplLoc,
7228 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
7229 SourceLocation ClassLoc,
7230 IdentifierInfo *CatName,
7231 SourceLocation CatLoc);
7233 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnFinishObjCImplementation(Decl *ObjCImpDecl,
7234 ArrayRef<Decl *> Decls);
7236 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardClassDeclaration(SourceLocation Loc,
7237 IdentifierInfo **IdentList,
7238 SourceLocation *IdentLocs,
7239 ArrayRef<ObjCTypeParamList *> TypeParamLists,
7242 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnForwardProtocolDeclaration(SourceLocation AtProtoclLoc,
7243 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> IdentList,
7244 AttributeList *attrList);
7246 void FindProtocolDeclaration(bool WarnOnDeclarations, bool ForObjCContainer,
7247 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> ProtocolId,
7248 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &Protocols);
7250 /// Given a list of identifiers (and their locations), resolve the
7251 /// names to either Objective-C protocol qualifiers or type
7252 /// arguments, as appropriate.
7253 void actOnObjCTypeArgsOrProtocolQualifiers(
7255 ParsedType baseType,
7256 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7257 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> identifiers,
7258 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> identifierLocs,
7259 SourceLocation rAngleLoc,
7260 SourceLocation &typeArgsLAngleLoc,
7261 SmallVectorImpl<ParsedType> &typeArgs,
7262 SourceLocation &typeArgsRAngleLoc,
7263 SourceLocation &protocolLAngleLoc,
7264 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &protocols,
7265 SourceLocation &protocolRAngleLoc,
7266 bool warnOnIncompleteProtocols);
7268 /// Build a an Objective-C protocol-qualified 'id' type where no
7269 /// base type was specified.
7270 TypeResult actOnObjCProtocolQualifierType(
7271 SourceLocation lAngleLoc,
7272 ArrayRef<Decl *> protocols,
7273 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> protocolLocs,
7274 SourceLocation rAngleLoc);
7276 /// Build a specialized and/or protocol-qualified Objective-C type.
7277 TypeResult actOnObjCTypeArgsAndProtocolQualifiers(
7280 ParsedType BaseType,
7281 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7282 ArrayRef<ParsedType> TypeArgs,
7283 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7284 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7285 ArrayRef<Decl *> Protocols,
7286 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7287 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc);
7289 /// Build an Objective-C object pointer type.
7290 QualType BuildObjCObjectType(QualType BaseType,
7292 SourceLocation TypeArgsLAngleLoc,
7293 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> TypeArgs,
7294 SourceLocation TypeArgsRAngleLoc,
7295 SourceLocation ProtocolLAngleLoc,
7296 ArrayRef<ObjCProtocolDecl *> Protocols,
7297 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ProtocolLocs,
7298 SourceLocation ProtocolRAngleLoc,
7299 bool FailOnError = false);
7301 /// Check the application of the Objective-C '__kindof' qualifier to
7303 bool checkObjCKindOfType(QualType &type, SourceLocation loc);
7305 /// Ensure attributes are consistent with type.
7306 /// \param [in, out] Attributes The attributes to check; they will
7307 /// be modified to be consistent with \p PropertyTy.
7308 void CheckObjCPropertyAttributes(Decl *PropertyPtrTy,
7310 unsigned &Attributes,
7311 bool propertyInPrimaryClass);
7313 /// Process the specified property declaration and create decls for the
7314 /// setters and getters as needed.
7315 /// \param property The property declaration being processed
7316 void ProcessPropertyDecl(ObjCPropertyDecl *property);
7319 void DiagnosePropertyMismatch(ObjCPropertyDecl *Property,
7320 ObjCPropertyDecl *SuperProperty,
7321 const IdentifierInfo *Name,
7322 bool OverridingProtocolProperty);
7324 void DiagnoseClassExtensionDupMethods(ObjCCategoryDecl *CAT,
7325 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID);
7327 Decl *ActOnAtEnd(Scope *S, SourceRange AtEnd,
7328 ArrayRef<Decl *> allMethods = None,
7329 ArrayRef<DeclGroupPtrTy> allTUVars = None);
7331 Decl *ActOnProperty(Scope *S, SourceLocation AtLoc,
7332 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7333 FieldDeclarator &FD, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS,
7334 Selector GetterSel, Selector SetterSel,
7335 tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7336 DeclContext *lexicalDC = nullptr);
7338 Decl *ActOnPropertyImplDecl(Scope *S,
7339 SourceLocation AtLoc,
7340 SourceLocation PropertyLoc,
7342 IdentifierInfo *PropertyId,
7343 IdentifierInfo *PropertyIvar,
7344 SourceLocation PropertyIvarLoc);
7346 enum ObjCSpecialMethodKind {
7352 OSMK_NonRetainingInit
7355 struct ObjCArgInfo {
7356 IdentifierInfo *Name;
7357 SourceLocation NameLoc;
7358 // The Type is null if no type was specified, and the DeclSpec is invalid
7361 ObjCDeclSpec DeclSpec;
7363 /// ArgAttrs - Attribute list for this argument.
7364 AttributeList *ArgAttrs;
7367 Decl *ActOnMethodDeclaration(
7369 SourceLocation BeginLoc, // location of the + or -.
7370 SourceLocation EndLoc, // location of the ; or {.
7371 tok::TokenKind MethodType,
7372 ObjCDeclSpec &ReturnQT, ParsedType ReturnType,
7373 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs, Selector Sel,
7374 // optional arguments. The number of types/arguments is obtained
7375 // from the Sel.getNumArgs().
7376 ObjCArgInfo *ArgInfo,
7377 DeclaratorChunk::ParamInfo *CParamInfo, unsigned CNumArgs, // c-style args
7378 AttributeList *AttrList, tok::ObjCKeywordKind MethodImplKind,
7379 bool isVariadic, bool MethodDefinition);
7381 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInQualifiedType(Selector Sel,
7382 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7384 ObjCMethodDecl *LookupMethodInObjectType(Selector Sel, QualType Ty,
7387 bool CheckARCMethodDecl(ObjCMethodDecl *method);
7388 bool inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl);
7391 HandleExprPropertyRefExpr(const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT,
7393 SourceLocation OpLoc,
7394 DeclarationName MemberName,
7395 SourceLocation MemberLoc,
7396 SourceLocation SuperLoc, QualType SuperType,
7400 ActOnClassPropertyRefExpr(IdentifierInfo &receiverName,
7401 IdentifierInfo &propertyName,
7402 SourceLocation receiverNameLoc,
7403 SourceLocation propertyNameLoc);
7405 ObjCMethodDecl *tryCaptureObjCSelf(SourceLocation Loc);
7407 /// \brief Describes the kind of message expression indicated by a message
7408 /// send that starts with an identifier.
7409 enum ObjCMessageKind {
7410 /// \brief The message is sent to 'super'.
7412 /// \brief The message is an instance message.
7413 ObjCInstanceMessage,
7414 /// \brief The message is a class message, and the identifier is a type
7419 ObjCMessageKind getObjCMessageKind(Scope *S,
7420 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7421 SourceLocation NameLoc,
7423 bool HasTrailingDot,
7424 ParsedType &ReceiverType);
7426 ExprResult ActOnSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7428 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7429 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7430 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7433 ExprResult BuildClassMessage(TypeSourceInfo *ReceiverTypeInfo,
7434 QualType ReceiverType,
7435 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7437 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7438 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7439 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7440 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7442 bool isImplicit = false);
7444 ExprResult BuildClassMessageImplicit(QualType ReceiverType,
7445 bool isSuperReceiver,
7448 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7451 ExprResult ActOnClassMessage(Scope *S,
7452 ParsedType Receiver,
7454 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7455 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7456 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7459 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessage(Expr *Receiver,
7460 QualType ReceiverType,
7461 SourceLocation SuperLoc,
7463 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7464 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7465 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7466 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7468 bool isImplicit = false);
7470 ExprResult BuildInstanceMessageImplicit(Expr *Receiver,
7471 QualType ReceiverType,
7474 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
7477 ExprResult ActOnInstanceMessage(Scope *S,
7480 SourceLocation LBracLoc,
7481 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
7482 SourceLocation RBracLoc,
7485 ExprResult BuildObjCBridgedCast(SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7486 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7487 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7488 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
7491 ExprResult ActOnObjCBridgedCast(Scope *S,
7492 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7493 ObjCBridgeCastKind Kind,
7494 SourceLocation BridgeKeywordLoc,
7496 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
7499 void CheckTollFreeBridgeCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7501 void CheckObjCBridgeRelatedCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr);
7503 bool CheckTollFreeBridgeStaticCast(QualType castType, Expr *castExpr,
7506 bool checkObjCBridgeRelatedComponents(SourceLocation Loc,
7507 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7508 ObjCInterfaceDecl *&RelatedClass,
7509 ObjCMethodDecl *&ClassMethod,
7510 ObjCMethodDecl *&InstanceMethod,
7511 TypedefNameDecl *&TDNDecl,
7514 bool CheckObjCBridgeRelatedConversions(SourceLocation Loc,
7515 QualType DestType, QualType SrcType,
7518 bool ConversionToObjCStringLiteralCheck(QualType DstType, Expr *&SrcExpr);
7520 bool checkInitMethod(ObjCMethodDecl *method, QualType receiverTypeIfCall);
7522 /// \brief Check whether the given new method is a valid override of the
7523 /// given overridden method, and set any properties that should be inherited.
7524 void CheckObjCMethodOverride(ObjCMethodDecl *NewMethod,
7525 const ObjCMethodDecl *Overridden);
7527 /// \brief Describes the compatibility of a result type with its method.
7528 enum ResultTypeCompatibilityKind {
7534 void CheckObjCMethodOverrides(ObjCMethodDecl *ObjCMethod,
7535 ObjCInterfaceDecl *CurrentClass,
7536 ResultTypeCompatibilityKind RTC);
7538 enum PragmaOptionsAlignKind {
7539 POAK_Native, // #pragma options align=native
7540 POAK_Natural, // #pragma options align=natural
7541 POAK_Packed, // #pragma options align=packed
7542 POAK_Power, // #pragma options align=power
7543 POAK_Mac68k, // #pragma options align=mac68k
7544 POAK_Reset // #pragma options align=reset
7547 /// ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign - Called on well formed \#pragma options align.
7548 void ActOnPragmaOptionsAlign(PragmaOptionsAlignKind Kind,
7549 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7551 enum PragmaPackKind {
7552 PPK_Default, // #pragma pack([n])
7553 PPK_Show, // #pragma pack(show), only supported by MSVC.
7554 PPK_Push, // #pragma pack(push, [identifier], [n])
7555 PPK_Pop // #pragma pack(pop, [identifier], [n])
7558 enum PragmaMSStructKind {
7559 PMSST_OFF, // #pragms ms_struct off
7560 PMSST_ON // #pragms ms_struct on
7563 enum PragmaMSCommentKind {
7565 PCK_Linker, // #pragma comment(linker, ...)
7566 PCK_Lib, // #pragma comment(lib, ...)
7567 PCK_Compiler, // #pragma comment(compiler, ...)
7568 PCK_ExeStr, // #pragma comment(exestr, ...)
7569 PCK_User // #pragma comment(user, ...)
7572 /// ActOnPragmaPack - Called on well formed \#pragma pack(...).
7573 void ActOnPragmaPack(PragmaPackKind Kind,
7574 IdentifierInfo *Name,
7576 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7577 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7578 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
7580 /// ActOnPragmaMSStruct - Called on well formed \#pragma ms_struct [on|off].
7581 void ActOnPragmaMSStruct(PragmaMSStructKind Kind);
7583 /// ActOnPragmaMSComment - Called on well formed
7584 /// \#pragma comment(kind, "arg").
7585 void ActOnPragmaMSComment(PragmaMSCommentKind Kind, StringRef Arg);
7587 /// ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers - called on well formed \#pragma
7588 /// pointers_to_members(representation method[, general purpose
7589 /// representation]).
7590 void ActOnPragmaMSPointersToMembers(
7591 LangOptions::PragmaMSPointersToMembersKind Kind,
7592 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7594 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma vtordisp().
7595 void ActOnPragmaMSVtorDisp(PragmaVtorDispKind Kind, SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7596 MSVtorDispAttr::Mode Value);
7598 enum PragmaSectionKind {
7605 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7607 DeclaratorDecl *TheDecl);
7608 bool UnifySection(StringRef SectionName,
7610 SourceLocation PragmaSectionLocation);
7612 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma bss_seg/data_seg/const_seg/code_seg.
7613 void ActOnPragmaMSSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7614 PragmaMsStackAction Action,
7615 llvm::StringRef StackSlotLabel,
7616 StringLiteral *SegmentName,
7617 llvm::StringRef PragmaName);
7619 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma section().
7620 void ActOnPragmaMSSection(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7621 int SectionFlags, StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7623 /// \brief Called on well-formed \#pragma init_seg().
7624 void ActOnPragmaMSInitSeg(SourceLocation PragmaLocation,
7625 StringLiteral *SegmentName);
7627 /// ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch - Call on well-formed \#pragma detect_mismatch
7628 void ActOnPragmaDetectMismatch(StringRef Name, StringRef Value);
7630 /// ActOnPragmaUnused - Called on well-formed '\#pragma unused'.
7631 void ActOnPragmaUnused(const Token &Identifier,
7633 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7635 /// ActOnPragmaVisibility - Called on well formed \#pragma GCC visibility... .
7636 void ActOnPragmaVisibility(const IdentifierInfo* VisType,
7637 SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7639 NamedDecl *DeclClonePragmaWeak(NamedDecl *ND, IdentifierInfo *II,
7640 SourceLocation Loc);
7641 void DeclApplyPragmaWeak(Scope *S, NamedDecl *ND, WeakInfo &W);
7643 /// ActOnPragmaWeakID - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident.
7644 void ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7645 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7646 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc);
7648 /// ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname - Called on well formed
7649 /// \#pragma redefine_extname oldname newname.
7650 void ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7651 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7652 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7653 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7654 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7656 /// ActOnPragmaWeakAlias - Called on well formed \#pragma weak ident = ident.
7657 void ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* WeakName,
7658 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
7659 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
7660 SourceLocation WeakNameLoc,
7661 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc);
7663 /// ActOnPragmaFPContract - Called on well formed
7664 /// \#pragma {STDC,OPENCL} FP_CONTRACT
7665 void ActOnPragmaFPContract(tok::OnOffSwitch OOS);
7667 /// AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord - Adds any needed alignment attributes to
7668 /// a the record decl, to handle '\#pragma pack' and '\#pragma options align'.
7669 void AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7671 /// AddMsStructLayoutForRecord - Adds ms_struct layout attribute to record.
7672 void AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RecordDecl *RD);
7674 /// FreePackedContext - Deallocate and null out PackContext.
7675 void FreePackedContext();
7677 /// PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr - Note that we've entered a
7678 /// namespace with a visibility attribute.
7679 void PushNamespaceVisibilityAttr(const VisibilityAttr *Attr,
7680 SourceLocation Loc);
7682 /// AddPushedVisibilityAttribute - If '\#pragma GCC visibility' was used,
7683 /// add an appropriate visibility attribute.
7684 void AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Decl *RD);
7686 /// PopPragmaVisibility - Pop the top element of the visibility stack; used
7687 /// for '\#pragma GCC visibility' and visibility attributes on namespaces.
7688 void PopPragmaVisibility(bool IsNamespaceEnd, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7690 /// FreeVisContext - Deallocate and null out VisContext.
7691 void FreeVisContext();
7693 /// AddCFAuditedAttribute - Check whether we're currently within
7694 /// '\#pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited' and, if so, consider adding
7695 /// the appropriate attribute.
7696 void AddCFAuditedAttribute(Decl *D);
7698 /// \brief Called on well formed \#pragma clang optimize.
7699 void ActOnPragmaOptimize(bool On, SourceLocation PragmaLoc);
7701 /// \brief Get the location for the currently active "\#pragma clang optimize
7702 /// off". If this location is invalid, then the state of the pragma is "on".
7703 SourceLocation getOptimizeOffPragmaLocation() const {
7704 return OptimizeOffPragmaLocation;
7707 /// \brief Only called on function definitions; if there is a pragma in scope
7708 /// with the effect of a range-based optnone, consider marking the function
7709 /// with attribute optnone.
7710 void AddRangeBasedOptnone(FunctionDecl *FD);
7712 /// \brief Adds the 'optnone' attribute to the function declaration if there
7713 /// are no conflicts; Loc represents the location causing the 'optnone'
7714 /// attribute to be added (usually because of a pragma).
7715 void AddOptnoneAttributeIfNoConflicts(FunctionDecl *FD, SourceLocation Loc);
7717 /// AddAlignedAttr - Adds an aligned attribute to a particular declaration.
7718 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7719 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7720 void AddAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, TypeSourceInfo *T,
7721 unsigned SpellingListIndex, bool IsPackExpansion);
7723 /// AddAssumeAlignedAttr - Adds an assume_aligned attribute to a particular
7725 void AddAssumeAlignedAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E, Expr *OE,
7726 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7728 /// AddAlignValueAttr - Adds an align_value attribute to a particular
7730 void AddAlignValueAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *E,
7731 unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7733 /// AddLaunchBoundsAttr - Adds a launch_bounds attribute to a particular
7735 void AddLaunchBoundsAttr(SourceRange AttrRange, Decl *D, Expr *MaxThreads,
7736 Expr *MinBlocks, unsigned SpellingListIndex);
7738 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7739 // C++ Coroutines TS
7741 ExprResult ActOnCoawaitExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7742 ExprResult ActOnCoyieldExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7743 StmtResult ActOnCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7745 ExprResult BuildCoawaitExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7746 ExprResult BuildCoyieldExpr(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7747 StmtResult BuildCoreturnStmt(SourceLocation KwLoc, Expr *E);
7749 void CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FunctionDecl *FD, Stmt *&Body);
7751 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7752 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7755 void *VarDataSharingAttributesStack;
7756 /// \brief Initialization of data-sharing attributes stack.
7757 void InitDataSharingAttributesStack();
7758 void DestroyDataSharingAttributesStack();
7760 VerifyPositiveIntegerConstantInClause(Expr *Op, OpenMPClauseKind CKind,
7761 bool StrictlyPositive = true);
7764 /// \brief Return true if the provided declaration \a VD should be captured by
7765 /// reference in the provided scope \a RSI. This will take into account the
7766 /// semantics of the directive and associated clauses.
7767 bool IsOpenMPCapturedByRef(VarDecl *VD,
7768 const sema::CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI);
7770 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in one of the private
7771 /// clauses (private, firstprivate, lastprivate, reduction etc.) in OpenMP
7773 bool IsOpenMPCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD);
7775 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is used in 'private' clause.
7776 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
7778 bool isOpenMPPrivateVar(VarDecl *VD, unsigned Level);
7780 /// \brief Check if the specified variable is captured by 'target' directive.
7781 /// \param Level Relative level of nested OpenMP construct for that the check
7783 bool isOpenMPTargetCapturedVar(VarDecl *VD, unsigned Level);
7785 ExprResult PerformOpenMPImplicitIntegerConversion(SourceLocation OpLoc,
7787 /// \brief Called on start of new data sharing attribute block.
7788 void StartOpenMPDSABlock(OpenMPDirectiveKind K,
7789 const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName, Scope *CurScope,
7790 SourceLocation Loc);
7791 /// \brief Start analysis of clauses.
7792 void StartOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind K);
7793 /// \brief End analysis of clauses.
7794 void EndOpenMPClause();
7795 /// \brief Called on end of data sharing attribute block.
7796 void EndOpenMPDSABlock(Stmt *CurDirective);
7798 /// \brief Check if the current region is an OpenMP loop region and if it is,
7799 /// mark loop control variable, used in \p Init for loop initialization, as
7800 /// private by default.
7801 /// \param Init First part of the for loop.
7802 void ActOnOpenMPLoopInitialization(SourceLocation ForLoc, Stmt *Init);
7804 // OpenMP directives and clauses.
7805 /// \brief Called on correct id-expression from the '#pragma omp
7807 ExprResult ActOnOpenMPIdExpression(Scope *CurScope,
7808 CXXScopeSpec &ScopeSpec,
7809 const DeclarationNameInfo &Id);
7810 /// \brief Called on well-formed '#pragma omp threadprivate'.
7811 DeclGroupPtrTy ActOnOpenMPThreadprivateDirective(
7813 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7814 /// \brief Builds a new OpenMPThreadPrivateDecl and checks its correctness.
7815 OMPThreadPrivateDecl *CheckOMPThreadPrivateDecl(
7817 ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList);
7819 /// \brief Initialization of captured region for OpenMP region.
7820 void ActOnOpenMPRegionStart(OpenMPDirectiveKind DKind, Scope *CurScope);
7821 /// \brief End of OpenMP region.
7823 /// \param S Statement associated with the current OpenMP region.
7824 /// \param Clauses List of clauses for the current OpenMP region.
7826 /// \returns Statement for finished OpenMP region.
7827 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPRegionEnd(StmtResult S, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses);
7828 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPExecutableDirective(
7829 OpenMPDirectiveKind Kind, const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7830 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion, ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7831 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
7832 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel' after parsing
7833 /// of the associated statement.
7834 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7836 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7837 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7838 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp simd' after parsing
7839 /// of the associated statement.
7840 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSimdDirective(
7841 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7842 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7843 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7844 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for' after parsing
7845 /// of the associated statement.
7846 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForDirective(
7847 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7848 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7849 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7850 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp for simd' after parsing
7851 /// of the associated statement.
7852 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPForSimdDirective(
7853 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7854 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7855 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7856 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp sections' after parsing
7857 /// of the associated statement.
7858 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7859 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7860 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7861 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp section' after parsing of the
7862 /// associated statement.
7863 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSectionDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7864 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7865 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp single' after parsing of the
7866 /// associated statement.
7867 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPSingleDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7868 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7869 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7870 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp master' after parsing of the
7871 /// associated statement.
7872 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPMasterDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7873 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7874 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp critical' after parsing of the
7875 /// associated statement.
7876 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCriticalDirective(const DeclarationNameInfo &DirName,
7877 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7878 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7879 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7880 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for' after parsing
7881 /// of the associated statement.
7882 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForDirective(
7883 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7884 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7885 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7886 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel for simd' after
7887 /// parsing of the associated statement.
7888 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelForSimdDirective(
7889 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7890 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7891 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7892 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp parallel sections' after
7893 /// parsing of the associated statement.
7894 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPParallelSectionsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7896 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7897 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7898 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp task' after parsing of the
7899 /// associated statement.
7900 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7901 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7902 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7903 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskyield'.
7904 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskyieldDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7905 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7906 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp barrier'.
7907 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPBarrierDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7908 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7909 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskwait'.
7910 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskwaitDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7911 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7912 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskgroup'.
7913 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskgroupDirective(Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7914 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7915 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp flush'.
7916 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPFlushDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7917 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7918 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7919 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp ordered' after parsing of the
7920 /// associated statement.
7921 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPOrderedDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7922 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7923 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7924 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp atomic' after parsing of the
7925 /// associated statement.
7926 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPAtomicDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7927 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7928 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7929 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target' after parsing of the
7930 /// associated statement.
7931 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7932 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7933 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7934 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp target data' after parsing of
7935 /// the associated statement.
7936 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTargetDataDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7937 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7938 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7939 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp teams' after parsing of the
7940 /// associated statement.
7941 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTeamsDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7942 Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7943 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7944 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancellation point'.
7946 ActOnOpenMPCancellationPointDirective(SourceLocation StartLoc,
7947 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7948 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
7949 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp cancel'.
7950 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPCancelDirective(ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses,
7951 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7952 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7953 OpenMPDirectiveKind CancelRegion);
7954 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop' after parsing of the
7955 /// associated statement.
7956 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopDirective(
7957 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7958 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7959 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7960 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp taskloop simd' after parsing of
7961 /// the associated statement.
7962 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPTaskLoopSimdDirective(
7963 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7964 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7965 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7966 /// \brief Called on well-formed '\#pragma omp distribute' after parsing
7967 /// of the associated statement.
7968 StmtResult ActOnOpenMPDistributeDirective(
7969 ArrayRef<OMPClause *> Clauses, Stmt *AStmt, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7970 SourceLocation EndLoc,
7971 llvm::DenseMap<VarDecl *, Expr *> &VarsWithImplicitDSA);
7973 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
7975 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7976 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7977 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7978 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'if' clause.
7979 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPIfClause(OpenMPDirectiveKind NameModifier,
7980 Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7981 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7982 SourceLocation NameModifierLoc,
7983 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
7984 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7985 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'final' clause.
7986 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFinalClause(Expr *Condition, SourceLocation StartLoc,
7987 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7988 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7989 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_threads' clause.
7990 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumThreadsClause(Expr *NumThreads,
7991 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7992 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7993 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7994 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'safelen' clause.
7995 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSafelenClause(Expr *Length,
7996 SourceLocation StartLoc,
7997 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
7998 SourceLocation EndLoc);
7999 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simdlen' clause.
8000 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimdlenClause(Expr *Length, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8001 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8002 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8003 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'collapse' clause.
8004 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCollapseClause(Expr *NumForLoops,
8005 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8006 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8007 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8008 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'ordered' clause.
8010 ActOnOpenMPOrderedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8011 SourceLocation LParenLoc = SourceLocation(),
8012 Expr *NumForLoops = nullptr);
8013 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'grainsize' clause.
8014 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPGrainsizeClause(Expr *Size, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8015 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8016 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8017 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_tasks' clause.
8018 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTasksClause(Expr *NumTasks, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8019 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8020 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8021 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'hint' clause.
8022 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPHintClause(Expr *Hint, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8023 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8024 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8026 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSimpleClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind,
8028 SourceLocation ArgumentLoc,
8029 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8030 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8031 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8032 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'default' clause.
8033 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDefaultClause(OpenMPDefaultClauseKind Kind,
8034 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8035 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8036 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8037 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8038 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'proc_bind' clause.
8039 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPProcBindClause(OpenMPProcBindClauseKind Kind,
8040 SourceLocation KindLoc,
8041 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8042 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8043 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8045 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSingleExprWithArgClause(
8046 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<unsigned> Arguments, Expr *Expr,
8047 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8048 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> ArgumentsLoc, SourceLocation DelimLoc,
8049 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8050 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'schedule' clause.
8051 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPScheduleClause(
8052 OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M1, OpenMPScheduleClauseModifier M2,
8053 OpenMPScheduleClauseKind Kind, Expr *ChunkSize, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8054 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation M1Loc, SourceLocation M2Loc,
8055 SourceLocation KindLoc, SourceLocation CommaLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8057 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPClause(OpenMPClauseKind Kind, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8058 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8059 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nowait' clause.
8060 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNowaitClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8061 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8062 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'untied' clause.
8063 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUntiedClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8064 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8065 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'mergeable' clause.
8066 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMergeableClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8067 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8068 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'read' clause.
8069 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPReadClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8070 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8071 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'write' clause.
8072 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPWriteClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8073 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8074 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'update' clause.
8075 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPUpdateClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8076 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8077 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'capture' clause.
8078 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCaptureClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8079 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8080 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'seq_cst' clause.
8081 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSeqCstClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8082 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8083 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'threads' clause.
8084 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadsClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8085 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8086 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'simd' clause.
8087 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSIMDClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8088 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8089 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'nogroup' clause.
8090 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNogroupClause(SourceLocation StartLoc,
8091 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8093 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPVarListClause(
8094 OpenMPClauseKind Kind, ArrayRef<Expr *> Vars, Expr *TailExpr,
8095 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8096 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc,
8097 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8098 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId, OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind,
8099 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier,
8100 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType, SourceLocation DepLinMapLoc);
8101 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'private' clause.
8102 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPrivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8103 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8104 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8105 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8106 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'firstprivate' clause.
8107 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFirstprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8108 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8109 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8110 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8111 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'lastprivate' clause.
8112 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPLastprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8113 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8114 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8115 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8116 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'shared' clause.
8117 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPSharedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8118 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8119 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8120 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8121 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'reduction' clause.
8123 ActOnOpenMPReductionClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8124 SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8125 SourceLocation EndLoc,
8126 CXXScopeSpec &ReductionIdScopeSpec,
8127 const DeclarationNameInfo &ReductionId);
8128 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'linear' clause.
8130 ActOnOpenMPLinearClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList, Expr *Step,
8131 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8132 OpenMPLinearClauseKind LinKind, SourceLocation LinLoc,
8133 SourceLocation ColonLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8134 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'aligned' clause.
8135 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPAlignedClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8137 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8138 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8139 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
8140 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8141 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyin' clause.
8142 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyinClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8143 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8144 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8145 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8146 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'copyprivate' clause.
8147 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPCopyprivateClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8148 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8149 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8150 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8151 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'flush' pseudo clause.
8152 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPFlushClause(ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8153 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8154 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8155 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8156 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'depend' clause.
8158 ActOnOpenMPDependClause(OpenMPDependClauseKind DepKind, SourceLocation DepLoc,
8159 SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8160 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8161 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8162 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'device' clause.
8163 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPDeviceClause(Expr *Device, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8164 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8165 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8166 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'map' clause.
8167 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPMapClause(
8168 OpenMPMapClauseKind MapTypeModifier, OpenMPMapClauseKind MapType,
8169 SourceLocation MapLoc, SourceLocation ColonLoc, ArrayRef<Expr *> VarList,
8170 SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, SourceLocation EndLoc);
8171 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'num_teams' clause.
8172 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPNumTeamsClause(Expr *NumTeams, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8173 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8174 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8175 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'thread_limit' clause.
8176 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPThreadLimitClause(Expr *ThreadLimit,
8177 SourceLocation StartLoc,
8178 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8179 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8180 /// \brief Called on well-formed 'priority' clause.
8181 OMPClause *ActOnOpenMPPriorityClause(Expr *Priority, SourceLocation StartLoc,
8182 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8183 SourceLocation EndLoc);
8185 /// \brief The kind of conversion being performed.
8186 enum CheckedConversionKind {
8187 /// \brief An implicit conversion.
8188 CCK_ImplicitConversion,
8189 /// \brief A C-style cast.
8191 /// \brief A functional-style cast.
8193 /// \brief A cast other than a C-style cast.
8197 /// ImpCastExprToType - If Expr is not of type 'Type', insert an implicit
8198 /// cast. If there is already an implicit cast, merge into the existing one.
8199 /// If isLvalue, the result of the cast is an lvalue.
8200 ExprResult ImpCastExprToType(Expr *E, QualType Type, CastKind CK,
8201 ExprValueKind VK = VK_RValue,
8202 const CXXCastPath *BasePath = nullptr,
8203 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8204 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8206 /// ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind - Returns the cast kind corresponding
8207 /// to the conversion from scalar type ScalarTy to the Boolean type.
8208 static CastKind ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(QualType ScalarTy);
8210 /// IgnoredValueConversions - Given that an expression's result is
8211 /// syntactically ignored, perform any conversions that are
8213 ExprResult IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E);
8215 // UsualUnaryConversions - promotes integers (C99 6.3.1.1p2) and converts
8216 // functions and arrays to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8217 ExprResult UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8219 /// CallExprUnaryConversions - a special case of an unary conversion
8220 /// performed on a function designator of a call expression.
8221 ExprResult CallExprUnaryConversions(Expr *E);
8223 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - converts functions and arrays
8224 // to their respective pointers (C99 6.3.2.1).
8225 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *E, bool Diagnose = true);
8227 // DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion - converts functions and
8228 // arrays to their respective pointers and performs the
8229 // lvalue-to-rvalue conversion.
8230 ExprResult DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(Expr *E,
8231 bool Diagnose = true);
8233 // DefaultLvalueConversion - performs lvalue-to-rvalue conversion on
8234 // the operand. This is DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion,
8235 // except that it assumes the operand isn't of function or array
8237 ExprResult DefaultLvalueConversion(Expr *E);
8239 // DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
8240 // do not have a prototype. Integer promotions are performed on each
8241 // argument, and arguments that have type float are promoted to double.
8242 ExprResult DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *E);
8244 // Used for emitting the right warning by DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion
8245 enum VariadicCallType {
8249 VariadicConstructor,
8250 VariadicDoesNotApply
8253 VariadicCallType getVariadicCallType(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8254 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8257 // Used for determining in which context a type is allowed to be passed to a
8267 // Determines which VarArgKind fits an expression.
8268 VarArgKind isValidVarArgType(const QualType &Ty);
8270 /// Check to see if the given expression is a valid argument to a variadic
8271 /// function, issuing a diagnostic if not.
8272 void checkVariadicArgument(const Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT);
8274 /// Check to see if a given expression could have '.c_str()' called on it.
8275 bool hasCStrMethod(const Expr *E);
8277 /// GatherArgumentsForCall - Collector argument expressions for various
8278 /// form of call prototypes.
8279 bool GatherArgumentsForCall(SourceLocation CallLoc, FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8280 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8281 unsigned FirstParam, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args,
8282 SmallVectorImpl<Expr *> &AllArgs,
8283 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicDoesNotApply,
8284 bool AllowExplicit = false,
8285 bool IsListInitialization = false);
8287 // DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
8288 // will create a runtime trap if the resulting type is not a POD type.
8289 ExprResult DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *E, VariadicCallType CT,
8290 FunctionDecl *FDecl);
8292 // UsualArithmeticConversions - performs the UsualUnaryConversions on it's
8293 // operands and then handles various conversions that are common to binary
8294 // operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
8295 // routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
8296 // responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
8297 QualType UsualArithmeticConversions(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8298 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8300 /// AssignConvertType - All of the 'assignment' semantic checks return this
8301 /// enum to indicate whether the assignment was allowed. These checks are
8302 /// done for simple assignments, as well as initialization, return from
8303 /// function, argument passing, etc. The query is phrased in terms of a
8304 /// source and destination type.
8305 enum AssignConvertType {
8306 /// Compatible - the types are compatible according to the standard.
8309 /// PointerToInt - The assignment converts a pointer to an int, which we
8310 /// accept as an extension.
8313 /// IntToPointer - The assignment converts an int to a pointer, which we
8314 /// accept as an extension.
8317 /// FunctionVoidPointer - The assignment is between a function pointer and
8318 /// void*, which the standard doesn't allow, but we accept as an extension.
8319 FunctionVoidPointer,
8321 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types that
8322 /// are not compatible, but we accept them as an extension.
8323 IncompatiblePointer,
8325 /// IncompatiblePointer - The assignment is between two pointers types which
8326 /// point to integers which have a different sign, but are otherwise
8327 /// identical. This is a subset of the above, but broken out because it's by
8328 /// far the most common case of incompatible pointers.
8329 IncompatiblePointerSign,
8331 /// CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment discards
8332 /// c/v/r qualifiers, which we accept as an extension.
8333 CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8335 /// IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers - The assignment
8336 /// discards qualifiers that we don't permit to be discarded,
8337 /// like address spaces.
8338 IncompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers,
8340 /// IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers - The assignment is between two
8341 /// nested pointer types, and the qualifiers other than the first two
8342 /// levels differ e.g. char ** -> const char **, but we accept them as an
8344 IncompatibleNestedPointerQualifiers,
8346 /// IncompatibleVectors - The assignment is between two vector types that
8347 /// have the same size, which we accept as an extension.
8348 IncompatibleVectors,
8350 /// IntToBlockPointer - The assignment converts an int to a block
8351 /// pointer. We disallow this.
8354 /// IncompatibleBlockPointer - The assignment is between two block
8355 /// pointers types that are not compatible.
8356 IncompatibleBlockPointer,
8358 /// IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId - The assignment is between a qualified
8359 /// id type and something else (that is incompatible with it). For example,
8360 /// "id <XXX>" = "Foo *", where "Foo *" doesn't implement the XXX protocol.
8361 IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId,
8363 /// IncompatibleObjCWeakRef - Assigning a weak-unavailable object to an
8364 /// object with __weak qualifier.
8365 IncompatibleObjCWeakRef,
8367 /// Incompatible - We reject this conversion outright, it is invalid to
8368 /// represent it in the AST.
8372 /// DiagnoseAssignmentResult - Emit a diagnostic, if required, for the
8373 /// assignment conversion type specified by ConvTy. This returns true if the
8374 /// conversion was invalid or false if the conversion was accepted.
8375 bool DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
8377 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8378 Expr *SrcExpr, AssignmentAction Action,
8379 bool *Complained = nullptr);
8381 /// IsValueInFlagEnum - Determine if a value is allowed as part of a flag
8382 /// enum. If AllowMask is true, then we also allow the complement of a valid
8383 /// value, to be used as a mask.
8384 bool IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
8385 bool AllowMask) const;
8387 /// DiagnoseAssignmentEnum - Warn if assignment to enum is a constant
8388 /// integer not in the range of enum values.
8389 void DiagnoseAssignmentEnum(QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
8392 /// CheckAssignmentConstraints - Perform type checking for assignment,
8393 /// argument passing, variable initialization, and function return values.
8395 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(SourceLocation Loc,
8399 /// Check assignment constraints and optionally prepare for a conversion of
8400 /// the RHS to the LHS type. The conversion is prepared for if ConvertRHS
8402 AssignConvertType CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8405 bool ConvertRHS = true);
8407 // CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints - Currently used by
8408 // CheckAssignmentOperands, and ActOnReturnStmt. Prior to type checking,
8409 // this routine performs the default function/array converions, if ConvertRHS
8411 AssignConvertType CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType LHSType,
8413 bool Diagnose = true,
8414 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8415 bool ConvertRHS = true);
8417 // \brief If the lhs type is a transparent union, check whether we
8418 // can initialize the transparent union with the given expression.
8419 AssignConvertType CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType,
8422 bool IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8424 bool CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(Expr *From, QualType ToType);
8426 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8427 AssignmentAction Action,
8428 bool AllowExplicit = false);
8429 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8430 AssignmentAction Action,
8432 ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS);
8433 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8434 const ImplicitConversionSequence& ICS,
8435 AssignmentAction Action,
8436 CheckedConversionKind CCK
8437 = CCK_ImplicitConversion);
8438 ExprResult PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType,
8439 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS,
8440 AssignmentAction Action,
8441 CheckedConversionKind CCK);
8443 /// the following "Check" methods will return a valid/converted QualType
8444 /// or a null QualType (indicating an error diagnostic was issued).
8446 /// type checking binary operators (subroutines of CreateBuiltinBinOp).
8447 QualType InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, ExprResult &LHS,
8449 QualType CheckPointerToMemberOperands( // C++ 5.5
8450 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK,
8451 SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isIndirect);
8452 QualType CheckMultiplyDivideOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8453 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8455 QualType CheckRemainderOperands( // C99 6.5.5
8456 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8457 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8458 QualType CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8459 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8460 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8461 QualType CheckSubtractionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
8462 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8463 QualType* CompLHSTy = nullptr);
8464 QualType CheckShiftOperands( // C99 6.5.7
8465 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8466 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool IsCompAssign = false);
8467 QualType CheckCompareOperands( // C99 6.5.8/9
8468 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8469 BinaryOperatorKind Opc, bool isRelational);
8470 QualType CheckBitwiseOperands( // C99 6.5.[10...12]
8471 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8472 bool IsCompAssign = false);
8473 QualType CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
8474 ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc,
8475 BinaryOperatorKind Opc);
8476 // CheckAssignmentOperands is used for both simple and compound assignment.
8477 // For simple assignment, pass both expressions and a null converted type.
8478 // For compound assignment, pass both expressions and the converted type.
8479 QualType CheckAssignmentOperands( // C99 6.5.16.[1,2]
8480 Expr *LHSExpr, ExprResult &RHS, SourceLocation Loc, QualType CompoundType);
8482 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectIncDec(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8483 UnaryOperatorKind Opcode, Expr *Op);
8484 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectAssignment(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
8485 BinaryOperatorKind Opcode,
8486 Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8487 ExprResult checkPseudoObjectRValue(Expr *E);
8488 Expr *recreateSyntacticForm(PseudoObjectExpr *E);
8490 QualType CheckConditionalOperands( // C99 6.5.15
8491 ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8492 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8493 QualType CXXCheckConditionalOperands( // C++ 5.16
8494 ExprResult &cond, ExprResult &lhs, ExprResult &rhs,
8495 ExprValueKind &VK, ExprObjectKind &OK, SourceLocation questionLoc);
8496 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2,
8497 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr);
8498 QualType FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc,
8499 ExprResult &E1, ExprResult &E2,
8500 bool *NonStandardCompositeType = nullptr) {
8501 Expr *E1Tmp = E1.get(), *E2Tmp = E2.get();
8502 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(Loc, E1Tmp, E2Tmp,
8503 NonStandardCompositeType);
8509 QualType FindCompositeObjCPointerType(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8510 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8512 bool DiagnoseConditionalForNull(Expr *LHSExpr, Expr *RHSExpr,
8513 SourceLocation QuestionLoc);
8515 void DiagnoseAlwaysNonNullPointer(Expr *E,
8516 Expr::NullPointerConstantKind NullType,
8517 bool IsEqual, SourceRange Range);
8519 /// type checking for vector binary operators.
8520 QualType CheckVectorOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8521 SourceLocation Loc, bool IsCompAssign,
8522 bool AllowBothBool, bool AllowBoolConversion);
8523 QualType GetSignedVectorType(QualType V);
8524 QualType CheckVectorCompareOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8525 SourceLocation Loc, bool isRelational);
8526 QualType CheckVectorLogicalOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS,
8527 SourceLocation Loc);
8529 bool areLaxCompatibleVectorTypes(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8530 bool isLaxVectorConversion(QualType srcType, QualType destType);
8532 /// type checking declaration initializers (C99 6.7.8)
8533 bool CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *e, QualType t);
8535 // type checking C++ declaration initializers (C++ [dcl.init]).
8537 /// ReferenceCompareResult - Expresses the result of comparing two
8538 /// types (cv1 T1 and cv2 T2) to determine their compatibility for the
8539 /// purposes of initialization by reference (C++ [dcl.init.ref]p4).
8540 enum ReferenceCompareResult {
8541 /// Ref_Incompatible - The two types are incompatible, so direct
8542 /// reference binding is not possible.
8543 Ref_Incompatible = 0,
8544 /// Ref_Related - The two types are reference-related, which means
8545 /// that their unqualified forms (T1 and T2) are either the same
8546 /// or T1 is a base class of T2.
8548 /// Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification - The two types are
8549 /// reference-compatible with added qualification, meaning that
8550 /// they are reference-compatible and the qualifiers on T1 (cv1)
8551 /// are greater than the qualifiers on T2 (cv2).
8552 Ref_Compatible_With_Added_Qualification,
8553 /// Ref_Compatible - The two types are reference-compatible and
8554 /// have equivalent qualifiers (cv1 == cv2).
8558 ReferenceCompareResult CompareReferenceRelationship(SourceLocation Loc,
8559 QualType T1, QualType T2,
8560 bool &DerivedToBase,
8561 bool &ObjCConversion,
8562 bool &ObjCLifetimeConversion);
8564 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyCast(SourceRange TypeRange, QualType CastType,
8565 Expr *CastExpr, CastKind &CastKind,
8566 ExprValueKind &VK, CXXCastPath &Path);
8568 /// \brief Force an expression with unknown-type to an expression of the
8570 ExprResult forceUnknownAnyToType(Expr *E, QualType ToType);
8572 /// \brief Type-check an expression that's being passed to an
8573 /// __unknown_anytype parameter.
8574 ExprResult checkUnknownAnyArg(SourceLocation callLoc,
8575 Expr *result, QualType ¶mType);
8577 // CheckVectorCast - check type constraints for vectors.
8578 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8579 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size.
8580 // returns true if the cast is invalid
8581 bool CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty,
8584 // CheckExtVectorCast - check type constraints for extended vectors.
8585 // Since vectors are an extension, there are no C standard reference for this.
8586 // We allow casting between vectors and integer datatypes of the same size,
8587 // or vectors and the element type of that vector.
8588 // returns the cast expr
8589 ExprResult CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, Expr *CastExpr,
8592 ExprResult BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8593 SourceLocation LParenLoc,
8595 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
8597 enum ARCConversionResult { ACR_okay, ACR_unbridged };
8599 /// \brief Checks for invalid conversions and casts between
8600 /// retainable pointers and other pointer kinds.
8601 ARCConversionResult CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange castRange,
8602 QualType castType, Expr *&op,
8603 CheckedConversionKind CCK,
8604 bool DiagnoseCFAudited = false,
8605 BinaryOperatorKind Opc = BO_PtrMemD
8608 Expr *stripARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8609 void diagnoseARCUnbridgedCast(Expr *e);
8611 bool CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(QualType castType,
8614 /// checkRetainCycles - Check whether an Objective-C message send
8615 /// might create an obvious retain cycle.
8616 void checkRetainCycles(ObjCMessageExpr *msg);
8617 void checkRetainCycles(Expr *receiver, Expr *argument);
8618 void checkRetainCycles(VarDecl *Var, Expr *Init);
8620 /// checkUnsafeAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8621 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained type.
8622 bool checkUnsafeAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, QualType LHS, Expr *RHS);
8624 /// checkUnsafeExprAssigns - Check whether +1 expr is being assigned
8625 /// to weak/__unsafe_unretained expression.
8626 void checkUnsafeExprAssigns(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *LHS, Expr *RHS);
8628 /// CheckMessageArgumentTypes - Check types in an Obj-C message send.
8629 /// \param Method - May be null.
8630 /// \param [out] ReturnType - The return type of the send.
8631 /// \return true iff there were any incompatible types.
8632 bool CheckMessageArgumentTypes(QualType ReceiverType,
8633 MultiExprArg Args, Selector Sel,
8634 ArrayRef<SourceLocation> SelectorLocs,
8635 ObjCMethodDecl *Method, bool isClassMessage,
8636 bool isSuperMessage,
8637 SourceLocation lbrac, SourceLocation rbrac,
8638 SourceRange RecRange,
8639 QualType &ReturnType, ExprValueKind &VK);
8641 /// \brief Determine the result of a message send expression based on
8642 /// the type of the receiver, the method expected to receive the message,
8643 /// and the form of the message send.
8644 QualType getMessageSendResultType(QualType ReceiverType,
8645 ObjCMethodDecl *Method,
8646 bool isClassMessage, bool isSuperMessage);
8648 /// \brief If the given expression involves a message send to a method
8649 /// with a related result type, emit a note describing what happened.
8650 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(const Expr *E);
8652 /// \brief Given that we had incompatible pointer types in a return
8653 /// statement, check whether we're in a method with a related result
8654 /// type, and if so, emit a note describing what happened.
8655 void EmitRelatedResultTypeNoteForReturn(QualType destType);
8657 /// CheckBooleanCondition - Diagnose problems involving the use of
8658 /// the given expression as a boolean condition (e.g. in an if
8659 /// statement). Also performs the standard function and array
8660 /// decays, possibly changing the input variable.
8662 /// \param Loc - A location associated with the condition, e.g. the
8664 /// \return true iff there were any errors
8665 ExprResult CheckBooleanCondition(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc);
8667 ExprResult ActOnBooleanCondition(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
8670 /// DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition - Given that an expression is
8671 /// being used as a boolean condition, warn if it's an assignment.
8672 void DiagnoseAssignmentAsCondition(Expr *E);
8674 /// \brief Redundant parentheses over an equality comparison can indicate
8675 /// that the user intended an assignment used as condition.
8676 void DiagnoseEqualityWithExtraParens(ParenExpr *ParenE);
8678 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if conversion to bool is invalid.
8679 ExprResult CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr);
8681 /// ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow - Convert the specified APInt to have
8682 /// the specified width and sign. If an overflow occurs, detect it and emit
8683 /// the specified diagnostic.
8684 void ConvertIntegerToTypeWarnOnOverflow(llvm::APSInt &OldVal,
8685 unsigned NewWidth, bool NewSign,
8686 SourceLocation Loc, unsigned DiagID);
8688 /// Checks that the Objective-C declaration is declared in the global scope.
8689 /// Emits an error and marks the declaration as invalid if it's not declared
8690 /// in the global scope.
8691 bool CheckObjCDeclScope(Decl *D);
8693 /// \brief Abstract base class used for diagnosing integer constant
8694 /// expression violations.
8695 class VerifyICEDiagnoser {
8699 VerifyICEDiagnoser(bool Suppress = false) : Suppress(Suppress) { }
8701 virtual void diagnoseNotICE(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR) =0;
8702 virtual void diagnoseFold(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange SR);
8703 virtual ~VerifyICEDiagnoser() { }
8706 /// VerifyIntegerConstantExpression - Verifies that an expression is an ICE,
8707 /// and reports the appropriate diagnostics. Returns false on success.
8708 /// Can optionally return the value of the expression.
8709 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8710 VerifyICEDiagnoser &Diagnoser,
8711 bool AllowFold = true);
8712 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result,
8714 bool AllowFold = true);
8715 ExprResult VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Expr *E,
8716 llvm::APSInt *Result = nullptr);
8718 /// VerifyBitField - verifies that a bit field expression is an ICE and has
8719 /// the correct width, and that the field type is valid.
8720 /// Returns false on success.
8721 /// Can optionally return whether the bit-field is of width 0
8722 ExprResult VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
8723 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
8724 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth = nullptr);
8726 enum CUDAFunctionTarget {
8734 CUDAFunctionTarget IdentifyCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *D);
8736 enum CUDAFunctionPreference {
8737 CFP_Never, // Invalid caller/callee combination.
8738 CFP_LastResort, // Lowest priority. Only in effect if
8739 // LangOpts.CUDADisableTargetCallChecks is true.
8740 CFP_Fallback, // Low priority caller/callee combination
8741 CFP_Best, // Preferred caller/callee combination
8744 /// Identifies relative preference of a given Caller/Callee
8745 /// combination, based on their host/device attributes.
8746 /// \param Caller function which needs address of \p Callee.
8747 /// nullptr in case of global context.
8748 /// \param Callee target function
8750 /// \returns preference value for particular Caller/Callee combination.
8751 CUDAFunctionPreference IdentifyCUDAPreference(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8752 const FunctionDecl *Callee);
8754 bool CheckCUDATarget(const FunctionDecl *Caller, const FunctionDecl *Callee);
8756 /// Finds a function in \p Matches with highest calling priority
8757 /// from \p Caller context and erases all functions with lower
8758 /// calling priority.
8759 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8760 SmallVectorImpl<FunctionDecl *> &Matches);
8761 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8762 SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair> &Matches);
8763 void EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(
8764 const FunctionDecl *Caller,
8765 SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<DeclAccessPair, FunctionDecl *>> &Matches);
8767 /// Given a implicit special member, infer its CUDA target from the
8768 /// calls it needs to make to underlying base/field special members.
8769 /// \param ClassDecl the class for which the member is being created.
8770 /// \param CSM the kind of special member.
8771 /// \param MemberDecl the special member itself.
8772 /// \param ConstRHS true if this is a copy operation with a const object on
8774 /// \param Diagnose true if this call should emit diagnostics.
8775 /// \return true if there was an error inferring.
8776 /// The result of this call is implicit CUDA target attribute(s) attached to
8777 /// the member declaration.
8778 bool inferCUDATargetForImplicitSpecialMember(CXXRecordDecl *ClassDecl,
8779 CXXSpecialMember CSM,
8780 CXXMethodDecl *MemberDecl,
8784 /// \name Code completion
8786 /// \brief Describes the context in which code completion occurs.
8787 enum ParserCompletionContext {
8788 /// \brief Code completion occurs at top-level or namespace context.
8790 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a class, struct, or union.
8792 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C interface, protocol,
8795 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an Objective-C implementation or
8796 /// category implementation
8797 PCC_ObjCImplementation,
8798 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the list of instance variables
8799 /// in an Objective-C interface, protocol, category, or implementation.
8800 PCC_ObjCInstanceVariableList,
8801 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8804 /// \brief Code completion occurs following one or more template
8805 /// headers within a class.
8807 /// \brief Code completion occurs within an expression.
8809 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a statement, which may
8810 /// also be an expression or a declaration.
8812 /// \brief Code completion occurs at the beginning of the
8813 /// initialization statement (or expression) in a for loop.
8815 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the condition of an if,
8816 /// while, switch, or for statement.
8818 /// \brief Code completion occurs within the body of a function on a
8819 /// recovery path, where we do not have a specific handle on our position
8821 PCC_RecoveryInFunction,
8822 /// \brief Code completion occurs where only a type is permitted.
8824 /// \brief Code completion occurs in a parenthesized expression, which
8825 /// might also be a type cast.
8826 PCC_ParenthesizedExpression,
8827 /// \brief Code completion occurs within a sequence of declaration
8828 /// specifiers within a function, method, or block.
8829 PCC_LocalDeclarationSpecifiers
8832 void CodeCompleteModuleImport(SourceLocation ImportLoc, ModuleIdPath Path);
8833 void CodeCompleteOrdinaryName(Scope *S,
8834 ParserCompletionContext CompletionContext);
8835 void CodeCompleteDeclSpec(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
8836 bool AllowNonIdentifiers,
8837 bool AllowNestedNameSpecifiers);
8839 struct CodeCompleteExpressionData;
8840 void CodeCompleteExpression(Scope *S,
8841 const CodeCompleteExpressionData &Data);
8842 void CodeCompleteMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base,
8843 SourceLocation OpLoc,
8845 void CodeCompletePostfixExpression(Scope *S, ExprResult LHS);
8846 void CodeCompleteTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec);
8847 void CodeCompleteTypeQualifiers(DeclSpec &DS);
8848 void CodeCompleteCase(Scope *S);
8849 void CodeCompleteCall(Scope *S, Expr *Fn, ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8850 void CodeCompleteConstructor(Scope *S, QualType Type, SourceLocation Loc,
8851 ArrayRef<Expr *> Args);
8852 void CodeCompleteInitializer(Scope *S, Decl *D);
8853 void CodeCompleteReturn(Scope *S);
8854 void CodeCompleteAfterIf(Scope *S);
8855 void CodeCompleteAssignmentRHS(Scope *S, Expr *LHS);
8857 void CodeCompleteQualifiedId(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
8858 bool EnteringContext);
8859 void CodeCompleteUsing(Scope *S);
8860 void CodeCompleteUsingDirective(Scope *S);
8861 void CodeCompleteNamespaceDecl(Scope *S);
8862 void CodeCompleteNamespaceAliasDecl(Scope *S);
8863 void CodeCompleteOperatorName(Scope *S);
8864 void CodeCompleteConstructorInitializer(
8866 ArrayRef<CXXCtorInitializer *> Initializers);
8868 void CodeCompleteLambdaIntroducer(Scope *S, LambdaIntroducer &Intro,
8869 bool AfterAmpersand);
8871 void CodeCompleteObjCAtDirective(Scope *S);
8872 void CodeCompleteObjCAtVisibility(Scope *S);
8873 void CodeCompleteObjCAtStatement(Scope *S);
8874 void CodeCompleteObjCAtExpression(Scope *S);
8875 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyFlags(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &ODS);
8876 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyGetter(Scope *S);
8877 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySetter(Scope *S);
8878 void CodeCompleteObjCPassingType(Scope *S, ObjCDeclSpec &DS,
8880 void CodeCompleteObjCMessageReceiver(Scope *S);
8881 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperMessage(Scope *S, SourceLocation SuperLoc,
8882 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8883 bool AtArgumentExpression);
8884 void CodeCompleteObjCClassMessage(Scope *S, ParsedType Receiver,
8885 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8886 bool AtArgumentExpression,
8887 bool IsSuper = false);
8888 void CodeCompleteObjCInstanceMessage(Scope *S, Expr *Receiver,
8889 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents,
8890 bool AtArgumentExpression,
8891 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Super = nullptr);
8892 void CodeCompleteObjCForCollection(Scope *S,
8893 DeclGroupPtrTy IterationVar);
8894 void CodeCompleteObjCSelector(Scope *S,
8895 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8896 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolReferences(
8897 ArrayRef<IdentifierLocPair> Protocols);
8898 void CodeCompleteObjCProtocolDecl(Scope *S);
8899 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceDecl(Scope *S);
8900 void CodeCompleteObjCSuperclass(Scope *S,
8901 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8902 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8903 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationDecl(Scope *S);
8904 void CodeCompleteObjCInterfaceCategory(Scope *S,
8905 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8906 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8907 void CodeCompleteObjCImplementationCategory(Scope *S,
8908 IdentifierInfo *ClassName,
8909 SourceLocation ClassNameLoc);
8910 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertyDefinition(Scope *S);
8911 void CodeCompleteObjCPropertySynthesizeIvar(Scope *S,
8912 IdentifierInfo *PropertyName);
8913 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDecl(Scope *S,
8914 bool IsInstanceMethod,
8915 ParsedType ReturnType);
8916 void CodeCompleteObjCMethodDeclSelector(Scope *S,
8917 bool IsInstanceMethod,
8918 bool AtParameterName,
8919 ParsedType ReturnType,
8920 ArrayRef<IdentifierInfo *> SelIdents);
8921 void CodeCompletePreprocessorDirective(bool InConditional);
8922 void CodeCompleteInPreprocessorConditionalExclusion(Scope *S);
8923 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroName(bool IsDefinition);
8924 void CodeCompletePreprocessorExpression();
8925 void CodeCompletePreprocessorMacroArgument(Scope *S,
8926 IdentifierInfo *Macro,
8927 MacroInfo *MacroInfo,
8929 void CodeCompleteNaturalLanguage();
8930 void GatherGlobalCodeCompletions(CodeCompletionAllocator &Allocator,
8931 CodeCompletionTUInfo &CCTUInfo,
8932 SmallVectorImpl<CodeCompletionResult> &Results);
8935 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8936 // Extra semantic analysis beyond the C type system
8939 SourceLocation getLocationOfStringLiteralByte(const StringLiteral *SL,
8940 unsigned ByteNo) const;
8943 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *BaseExpr, const Expr *IndexExpr,
8944 const ArraySubscriptExpr *ASE=nullptr,
8945 bool AllowOnePastEnd=true, bool IndexNegated=false);
8946 void CheckArrayAccess(const Expr *E);
8947 // Used to grab the relevant information from a FormatAttr and a
8948 // FunctionDeclaration.
8949 struct FormatStringInfo {
8951 unsigned FirstDataArg;
8955 static bool getFormatStringInfo(const FormatAttr *Format, bool IsCXXMember,
8956 FormatStringInfo *FSI);
8957 bool CheckFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8958 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8959 bool CheckObjCMethodCall(ObjCMethodDecl *Method, SourceLocation loc,
8960 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args);
8961 bool CheckPointerCall(NamedDecl *NDecl, CallExpr *TheCall,
8962 const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8963 bool CheckOtherCall(CallExpr *TheCall, const FunctionProtoType *Proto);
8964 void CheckConstructorCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8965 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
8966 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8967 SourceLocation Loc);
8969 void checkCall(NamedDecl *FDecl, const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
8970 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool IsMemberFunction,
8971 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
8972 VariadicCallType CallType);
8974 bool CheckObjCString(Expr *Arg);
8976 ExprResult CheckBuiltinFunctionCall(FunctionDecl *FDecl,
8977 unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8979 bool CheckARMBuiltinExclusiveCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
8981 bool CheckNeonBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8982 bool CheckARMBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8984 bool CheckAArch64BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8985 bool CheckMipsBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8986 bool CheckSystemZBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8987 bool CheckX86BuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8988 bool CheckPPCBuiltinFunctionCall(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall);
8990 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartImpl(CallExpr *TheCall);
8991 bool SemaBuiltinVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8992 bool SemaBuiltinMSVAStart(CallExpr *TheCall);
8993 bool SemaBuiltinVAStartARM(CallExpr *Call);
8994 bool SemaBuiltinUnorderedCompare(CallExpr *TheCall);
8995 bool SemaBuiltinFPClassification(CallExpr *TheCall, unsigned NumArgs);
8998 // Used by C++ template instantiation.
8999 ExprResult SemaBuiltinShuffleVector(CallExpr *TheCall);
9000 ExprResult SemaConvertVectorExpr(Expr *E, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
9001 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
9002 SourceLocation RParenLoc);
9005 bool SemaBuiltinPrefetch(CallExpr *TheCall);
9006 bool SemaBuiltinAssume(CallExpr *TheCall);
9007 bool SemaBuiltinAssumeAligned(CallExpr *TheCall);
9008 bool SemaBuiltinLongjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9009 bool SemaBuiltinSetjmp(CallExpr *TheCall);
9010 ExprResult SemaBuiltinAtomicOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9011 ExprResult SemaBuiltinNontemporalOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult);
9012 ExprResult SemaAtomicOpsOverloaded(ExprResult TheCallResult,
9013 AtomicExpr::AtomicOp Op);
9014 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArg(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9015 llvm::APSInt &Result);
9016 bool SemaBuiltinConstantArgRange(CallExpr *TheCall, int ArgNum,
9018 bool SemaBuiltinARMSpecialReg(unsigned BuiltinID, CallExpr *TheCall,
9019 int ArgNum, unsigned ExpectedFieldNum,
9022 enum FormatStringType {
9033 static FormatStringType GetFormatStringType(const FormatAttr *Format);
9035 void CheckFormatString(const StringLiteral *FExpr, const Expr *OrigFormatExpr,
9036 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args, bool HasVAListArg,
9037 unsigned format_idx, unsigned firstDataArg,
9038 FormatStringType Type, bool inFunctionCall,
9039 VariadicCallType CallType,
9040 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9042 bool FormatStringHasSArg(const StringLiteral *FExpr);
9044 static bool GetFormatNSStringIdx(const FormatAttr *Format, unsigned &Idx);
9047 bool CheckFormatArguments(const FormatAttr *Format,
9048 ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9050 VariadicCallType CallType,
9051 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange Range,
9052 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9053 bool CheckFormatArguments(ArrayRef<const Expr *> Args,
9054 bool HasVAListArg, unsigned format_idx,
9055 unsigned firstDataArg, FormatStringType Type,
9056 VariadicCallType CallType,
9057 SourceLocation Loc, SourceRange range,
9058 llvm::SmallBitVector &CheckedVarArgs);
9060 void CheckAbsoluteValueFunction(const CallExpr *Call,
9061 const FunctionDecl *FDecl,
9062 IdentifierInfo *FnInfo);
9064 void CheckMemaccessArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9066 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9068 void CheckStrlcpycatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9069 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9071 void CheckStrncatArguments(const CallExpr *Call,
9072 IdentifierInfo *FnName);
9074 void CheckReturnValExpr(Expr *RetValExp, QualType lhsType,
9075 SourceLocation ReturnLoc,
9076 bool isObjCMethod = false,
9077 const AttrVec *Attrs = nullptr,
9078 const FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr);
9080 void CheckFloatComparison(SourceLocation Loc, Expr* LHS, Expr* RHS);
9081 void CheckImplicitConversions(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC = SourceLocation());
9082 void CheckBoolLikeConversion(Expr *E, SourceLocation CC);
9083 void CheckForIntOverflow(Expr *E);
9084 void CheckUnsequencedOperations(Expr *E);
9086 /// \brief Perform semantic checks on a completed expression. This will either
9087 /// be a full-expression or a default argument expression.
9088 void CheckCompletedExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation CheckLoc = SourceLocation(),
9089 bool IsConstexpr = false);
9091 void CheckBitFieldInitialization(SourceLocation InitLoc, FieldDecl *Field,
9094 /// \brief Check if the given expression contains 'break' or 'continue'
9095 /// statement that produces control flow different from GCC.
9096 void CheckBreakContinueBinding(Expr *E);
9098 /// \brief Check whether receiver is mutable ObjC container which
9099 /// attempts to add itself into the container
9100 void CheckObjCCircularContainer(ObjCMessageExpr *Message);
9102 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE);
9103 void AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc,
9104 bool DeleteWasArrayForm);
9106 /// \brief Register a magic integral constant to be used as a type tag.
9107 void RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(const IdentifierInfo *ArgumentKind,
9108 uint64_t MagicValue, QualType Type,
9109 bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull);
9111 struct TypeTagData {
9114 TypeTagData(QualType Type, bool LayoutCompatible, bool MustBeNull) :
9115 Type(Type), LayoutCompatible(LayoutCompatible),
9116 MustBeNull(MustBeNull)
9121 /// If true, \c Type should be compared with other expression's types for
9122 /// layout-compatibility.
9123 unsigned LayoutCompatible : 1;
9124 unsigned MustBeNull : 1;
9127 /// A pair of ArgumentKind identifier and magic value. This uniquely
9128 /// identifies the magic value.
9129 typedef std::pair<const IdentifierInfo *, uint64_t> TypeTagMagicValue;
9132 /// \brief A map from magic value to type information.
9133 std::unique_ptr<llvm::DenseMap<TypeTagMagicValue, TypeTagData>>
9134 TypeTagForDatatypeMagicValues;
9136 /// \brief Peform checks on a call of a function with argument_with_type_tag
9137 /// or pointer_with_type_tag attributes.
9138 void CheckArgumentWithTypeTag(const ArgumentWithTypeTagAttr *Attr,
9139 const Expr * const *ExprArgs);
9141 /// \brief The parser's current scope.
9143 /// The parser maintains this state here.
9146 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident_super;
9147 mutable IdentifierInfo *Ident___float128;
9149 /// Nullability type specifiers.
9150 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nonnull = nullptr;
9151 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Nullable = nullptr;
9152 IdentifierInfo *Ident__Null_unspecified = nullptr;
9154 IdentifierInfo *Ident_NSError = nullptr;
9157 friend class Parser;
9158 friend class InitializationSequence;
9159 friend class ASTReader;
9160 friend class ASTDeclReader;
9161 friend class ASTWriter;
9164 /// Retrieve the keyword associated
9165 IdentifierInfo *getNullabilityKeyword(NullabilityKind nullability);
9167 /// The struct behind the CFErrorRef pointer.
9168 RecordDecl *CFError = nullptr;
9170 /// Retrieve the identifier "NSError".
9171 IdentifierInfo *getNSErrorIdent();
9173 /// \brief Retrieve the parser's current scope.
9175 /// This routine must only be used when it is certain that semantic analysis
9176 /// and the parser are in precisely the same context, which is not the case
9177 /// when, e.g., we are performing any kind of template instantiation.
9178 /// Therefore, the only safe places to use this scope are in the parser
9179 /// itself and in routines directly invoked from the parser and *never* from
9180 /// template substitution or instantiation.
9181 Scope *getCurScope() const { return CurScope; }
9183 void incrementMSManglingNumber() const {
9184 return CurScope->incrementMSManglingNumber();
9187 IdentifierInfo *getSuperIdentifier() const;
9188 IdentifierInfo *getFloat128Identifier() const;
9190 Decl *getObjCDeclContext() const;
9192 DeclContext *getCurLexicalContext() const {
9193 return OriginalLexicalContext ? OriginalLexicalContext : CurContext;
9196 AvailabilityResult getCurContextAvailability() const;
9198 const DeclContext *getCurObjCLexicalContext() const {
9199 const DeclContext *DC = getCurLexicalContext();
9200 // A category implicitly has the attribute of the interface.
9201 if (const ObjCCategoryDecl *CatD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC))
9202 DC = CatD->getClassInterface();
9206 /// \brief To be used for checking whether the arguments being passed to
9207 /// function exceeds the number of parameters expected for it.
9208 static bool TooManyArguments(size_t NumParams, size_t NumArgs,
9209 bool PartialOverloading = false) {
9210 // We check whether we're just after a comma in code-completion.
9211 if (NumArgs > 0 && PartialOverloading)
9212 return NumArgs + 1 > NumParams; // If so, we view as an extra argument.
9213 return NumArgs > NumParams;
9216 // Emitting members of dllexported classes is delayed until the class
9217 // (including field initializers) is fully parsed.
9218 SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl*, 4> DelayedDllExportClasses;
9221 /// \brief RAII object that enters a new expression evaluation context.
9222 class EnterExpressionEvaluationContext {
9226 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9227 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
9228 Decl *LambdaContextDecl = nullptr,
9229 bool IsDecltype = false)
9230 : Actions(Actions) {
9231 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext, LambdaContextDecl,
9234 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext(Sema &Actions,
9235 Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext,
9236 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl_t,
9237 bool IsDecltype = false)
9238 : Actions(Actions) {
9239 Actions.PushExpressionEvaluationContext(NewContext,
9240 Sema::ReuseLambdaContextDecl,
9244 ~EnterExpressionEvaluationContext() {
9245 Actions.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
9249 DeductionFailureInfo
9250 MakeDeductionFailureInfo(ASTContext &Context, Sema::TemplateDeductionResult TDK,
9251 sema::TemplateDeductionInfo &Info);
9253 /// \brief Contains a late templated function.
9254 /// Will be parsed at the end of the translation unit, used by Sema & Parser.
9255 struct LateParsedTemplate {
9257 /// \brief The template function declaration to be late parsed.
9261 } // end namespace clang